Document:

EXHIBIT 4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

  

  
 XM Satellite Radio Inc. 
  
 SENIOR SECURED FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2009 
  

  
 INDENTURE 
  
 Dated as of April 20, 2004 
  

  

  
 The Bank of New York 
  
 Trustee 
  

  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

					
	 Trust Indenture
 Act
Section

	  	 	  	Indenture Section

	310(a)(1)	  	 	  	7.10
	      (a)(2)	  	 	  	7.10
	      (a)(3)	  	 	  	N.A.
	      (a)(4)	  	 	  	N.A.
	      (a)(5)	  	 	  	7.10
	      (b)	  	 	  	7.10
	      (c)	  	 	  	N.A.
	311(a)	  	 	  	7.11
	      (b)	  	 	  	7.11
	      (c)	  	 	  	N.A.
	312(a)	  	 	  	2.05
	      (b)	  	 	  	13.03
	      (c)	  	 	  	13.03
	313(a)	  	 	  	7.06
	      (b)(1)	  	 	  	10.03
	      (b)(2)	  	 	  	7.06; 7.07
	      (c)	  	 	  	7.06; 10.03; 13.02
	      (d)	  	 	  	7.06
	314(a)	  	 	  	4.03; 13.02; 13.05
	      (b)	  	 	  	10.02
	      (c)(1)	  	 	  	13.04
	      (c)(2)	  	 	  	13.04
	      (c)(3)	  	 	  	N.A.
	      (d)	  	 	  	10.03, 10.04, 10.05
	      (e)	  	 	  	13.05
	      (f)	  	 	  	N.A.
	315(a)	  	 	  	7.01
	      (b)	  	 	  	7.05; 13.02
	      (c)	  	 	  	7.01
	      (d)	  	 	  	7.01
	      (e)	  	 	  	6.11
	316(a) (last sentence)	  	 	  	2.09
	      (a)(1)(A)	  	 	  	6.05
	      (a)(1)(B)	  	 	  	6.04
	      (a)(2)	  	 	  	N.A.
	      (b)	  	 	  	6.07
	      (c)	  	 	  	2.12
	317(a)(1)	  	 	  	6.08
	      (a)(2)	  	 	  	6.09
	      (b)	  	 	  	2.04
	318(a)	  	 	  	13.01
	      (b)	  	 	  	N.A.
	      (c)	  	 	  	13.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	 	This Cross Reference Table is not part of this Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	 	 	  	Page

	 ARTICLE 1.
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
 BY REFERENCE
	  	 
			
	 Section 1.01.
	 	Definitions.	  	1
	 Section 1.02.
	 	Other Definitions.	  	21
	 Section 1.03.
	 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.	  	22
	 Section 1.04.
	 	Rules of Construction.	  	22
	
	 ARTICLE 2.
 THE NOTES

			
	 Section 2.01.
	 	Form and Dating.	  	23
	 Section 2.02.
	 	Execution and Authentication.	  	23
	 Section 2.03.
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent.	  	24
	 Section 2.04.
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.	  	24
	 Section 2.05.
	 	Holder Lists.	  	24
	 Section 2.06.
	 	Transfer and Exchange.	  	25
	 Section 2.07.
	 	Replacement Notes.	  	36
	 Section 2.08.
	 	Outstanding Notes.	  	36
	 Section 2.09.
	 	Treasury Notes.	  	36
	 Section 2.10.
	 	Temporary Notes.	  	36
	 Section 2.11.
	 	Cancellation.	  	37
	 Section 2.12.
	 	Defaulted Interest.	  	37
	 Section 2.13.
	 	CUSIP Numbers.	  	37
	
	 ARTICLE 3.
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

			
	 Section 3.01.
	 	Notices to Trustee.	  	37
	 Section 3.02.
	 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.	  	38
	 Section 3.03.
	 	Notice of Redemption.	  	38
	 Section 3.04.
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption.	  	39
	 Section 3.05.
	 	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.	  	39
	 Section 3.06.
	 	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.	  	39
	 Section 3.07.
	 	Optional Redemption.	  	39
	 Section 3.08.
	 	Mandatory Redemption.	  	40
	 Section 3.09.
	 	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.	  	40
	
	 ARTICLE 4.
 COVENANTS

			
	 Section 4.01.
	 	Payment of Notes.	  	41
	 Section 4.02.
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency.	  	42
	 Section 4.03.
	 	Reports.	  	42
	 Section 4.04.
	 	Compliance Certificate.	  	43
	 Section 4.05.
	 	Taxes.	  	44
	 Section 4.06.
	 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.	  	44
	 Section 4.07.
	 	Restricted Payments.	  	44
	 Section 4.08.
	 	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.	  	47

  

 i 

					
	 Section 4.09.
	  	Incurrence of Indebtedness.	  	49
	 Section 4.10.
	  	Asset Sales.	  	51
	 Section 4.11.
	  	Transactions with Affiliates.	  	52
	 Section 4.12.
	  	Liens.	  	53
	 Section 4.13.
	  	Corporate Existence.	  	54
	 Section 4.14.
	  	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.	  	54
	 Section 4.15.
	  	Sale and Leaseback Transactions.	  	55
	 Section 4.16.
	  	Payments for Consent.	  	55
	 Section 4.17.
	  	Insurance	  	55
	 Section 4.18.
	  	Liquidated Damages Notice.	  	56
	
	 ARTICLE 5.
 SUCCESSORS

			
	 Section 5.01.
	  	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.	  	57
	 Section 5.02.
	  	Successor Corporation Substituted.	  	57
	
	 ARTICLE 6.
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

			
	 Section 6.01.
	  	Events of Default and Remedies.	  	57
	 Section 6.02.
	  	Acceleration.	  	59
	 Section 6.03.
	  	Other Remedies.	  	60
	 Section 6.04.
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults.	  	60
	 Section 6.05.
	  	Control by Majority.	  	60
	 Section 6.06.
	  	Limitation on Suits.	  	60
	 Section 6.07.
	  	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.	  	61
	 Section 6.08.
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee.	  	61
	 Section 6.09.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	  	61
	 Section 6.10.
	  	Priorities.	  	62
	 Section 6.11.
	  	Undertaking for Costs.	  	62
	
	 ARTICLE 7.
 TRUSTEE

			
	 Section 7.01.
	  	Duties of Trustee.	  	62
	 Section 7.02.
	  	Rights of Trustee.	  	63
	 Section 7.03.
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee.	  	64
	 Section 7.04.
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer.	  	64
	 Section 7.05.
	  	Notice of Defaults.	  	64
	 Section 7.06.
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.	  	65
	 Section 7.07.
	  	Compensation and Indemnity.	  	65
	 Section 7.08.
	  	Replacement of Trustee.	  	66
	 Section 7.09.
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	66
	 Section 7.10.
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification.	  	67
	 Section 7.11.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.	  	67
	
	 ARTICLE 8.
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

			
	 Section 8.01.
	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	  	67
	 Section 8.02.
	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge.	  	67
	 Section 8.03.
	  	Covenant Defeasance.	  	68
	 Section 8.04.
	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.	  	68

  

 ii 

					
	 Section 8.05.
	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.	  	69
	 Section 8.06.
	  	Repayment to Company.	  	70
	 Section 8.07.
	  	Reinstatement.	  	70
	
	 ARTICLE 9.
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

			
	 Section 9.01.
	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes.	  	70
	 Section 9.02.
	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes.	  	71
	 Section 9.03.
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.	  	73
	 Section 9.04.
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents.	  	73
	 Section 9.05.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes.	  	73
	 Section 9.06.
	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	73
	
	 ARTICLE 10.
 SECURITY AGREEMENTS

			
	 Section 10.01.
	  	Security Agreements.	  	74
	 Section 10.02.
	  	Recording and Opinions.	  	74
	 Section 10.03.
	  	Release of Collateral.	  	75
	 Section 10.04.
	  	Certificates of the Company.	  	76
	 Section 10.05.
	  	Certificates of the Trustee.	  	76
	 Section 10.06.
	  	Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee Under the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreements.	  	76
	 Section 10.07.
	  	Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Agreements.	  	76
	 Section 10.08.
	  	Termination of Security Interest.	  	77
	
	 ARTICLE 11.
 INDENTURE GUARANTEES

			
	 Section 11.01.
	  	Indenture Guarantees.	  	77
	 Section 11.02.
	  	Execution and Delivery of Indenture Guarantees.	  	78
	 Section 11.03.
	  	Subsidiary Guarantors may Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms.	  	78
	 Section 11.04.
	  	Releases.	  	79
	 Section 11.05.
	  	Addition of Subsidiary Guarantors.	  	80
	 Section 11.06.
	  	Limitation of Parent Guarantor’s and Subsidiary Guarantor’s Liability.	  	80
	 Section 11.07.
	  	Application of Certain Terms and Provisions to the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors.	  	80
	
	 ARTICLE 12.
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

			
	 Section 12.01.
	  	Satisfaction and Discharge.	  	81
	 Section 12.02.
	  	Application of Trust Money.	  	82
		
	 ARTICLE 13.
 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 
			
	 Section 13.01.
	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls.	  	82
	 Section 13.02.
	  	Notices.	  	82
	 Section 13.03.
	  	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.	  	84
	 Section 13.04.
	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	  	84
	 Section 13.05.
	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.	  	84

  

 iii 

					
	 Section 13.06.
	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents.	  	84
	 Section 13.07.
	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.	  	84
	 Section 13.08.
	  	Governing Law.	  	85
	 Section 13.09.
	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	  	85
	 Section 13.10.
	  	Successors.	  	85
	 Section 13.11.
	  	Severability.	  	85
	 Section 13.12.
	  	Counterpart Originals.	  	85
	 Section 13.13.
	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	85

  
 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	 Exhibit A
	  	FORM OF NOTE
	 Exhibit B
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	 Exhibit C
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	 Exhibit D
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	 Exhibit E
	  	FORM OF GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
	 Exhibit F
	  	FORM OF FCC LICENSE SUBSIDIARY PLEDGE AGREEMENT
	 Exhibit G
	  	FORM OF INDENTURE GUARANTEE
	 Exhibit H
	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

  

 iv 

 INDENTURE dated as of April 20, 2004 between XM Satellite Radio Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), the Parent Guarantor (as defined herein), each of the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined herein) made a party hereto pursuant to Section 11.05 hereof and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

  
 The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit
of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company’s Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2009 (the “Notes”): 
  
 ARTICLE 1. 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
  
 Section 1.01. Definitions. 
  
 “144A Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global
Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in
reliance on Rule 144A. 
  
 “Acquired Debt” means,
with respect to any specified Person (x) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person or (y) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset
acquired by such specified Person, provided that, in each case, such Indebtedness or Lien, as applicable, is not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified
Person. 
  
 “Additional Notes” means additional
Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.  
  
 “Adjusted Consolidated Operating Cash Flow” means Consolidated Operating Cash Flow for the latest four
fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available, taken as a whole. For purposes of calculating Consolidated Operating Cash Flow for any four fiscal quarter period for purposes of this definition, (1) all
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company on the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate Adjusted Consolidated Operating Cash Flow (the “Transaction Date”) shall be deemed to have been Restricted Subsidiaries at all times
during such four fiscal quarter period and (2) any Unrestricted Subsidiary on the Transaction Date shall be deemed to have been an Unrestricted Subsidiary at all times during such four fiscal quarter period. 
  
 In addition, for purposes of calculating Adjusted Consolidated Operating Cash
Flow: 
  
 (1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified
Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the
calculation date shall be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Adjusted Consolidated Operating Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis but
without giving effect to clause (3) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income; and 
  

 1 

 (2) the Consolidated Operating Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the calculation date, shall be excluded. 
  
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that any specified person that has beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company shall be
deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

  
 “Applicable Eurodollar Rate” means, for each
quarterly period during which any Note is outstanding subsequent to the initial quarterly period, 550 basis points over the rate determined by the Company (notice of such rate to be sent to the trustee by the Company on the date of determination
thereof) equal to the applicable British Bankers’ Association LIBOR rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for a period of three months as reported by any generally recognized financial information service as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) two business
days prior to the first day of such quarterly period; provided that, if no such British Bankers’ Association LIBOR rate is available to the Company, the Applicable Eurodollar Rate for the relevant quarterly period shall instead be the rate at
which Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. or one of its affiliate banks offers to place deposits in U.S. dollars with first-class banks in the London interbank market for a period of three months at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two business days
prior to the first day of such quarterly period, in amounts equal to $1.0 million. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Eurodollar Rate will be 6.65% per annum through July 31, 2004. 
  
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer
or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means: 
  
 (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets; provided that the sale, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Sections 4.14 and 5.01 of this Indenture and not by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof;
and 
  
 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the
Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries. 
  
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales: 
  
 (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a fair market value or that involve
net proceeds of less than $1.0 million; 
  
 (2) a transfer of
assets between or among the Company and its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries (other than XM Leasing); 
  

 2 

 (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (4) the sale or lease of
equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 
  
 (6) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof; 
  
 (7) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 
  
 (8) any Qualified Sale and Leaseback Transaction. 
  
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the
present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the
lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

  
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned
to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall
be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a
subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means: 
  
 (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation; 
  
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and 
  
 (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person
serving a similar function. 
  
 “Board
Resolution” means a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors in the case of Holdings, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted and to be
in full force and effect on the date of such certification. 
  
 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 
  

 3 

 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made,
the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means: 
  
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 
  
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of
corporate stock; 
  
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited
liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
  
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
  
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
  
 (1) United States dollars; 
  
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the
United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition;

  
 (3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with
maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of
$500.0 million; 
  
 (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not
more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
  
 (5) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and in each case maturing within six months after the date of acquisition; and 
  
 (6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1)
through (5) of this definition. 
  
 “Clearstream”
means Citibank, N.A., as operator of Clearstream. 
  
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
  
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or
assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal; 
  

 4 

 (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 
  
 (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any
merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of
more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Holdings or the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; 
  
 (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings are not Continuing Directors; or 
  
 (5) the first day on which the Company ceases to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary
of Holdings. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the
January 2003 Financing Transactions nor a Parent Company Merger shall constitute a Change of Control. 
  
 “Collateral” means (1) the Collateral (as defined in the General Security Agreement), and (2) the Collateral (as defined in the FCC
License Subsidiary Pledge Agreement). 
  
 “Collateral
Agent” means the Collateral Agent under the applicable Intercreditor Agreement. 
  
 “Company” means XM Satellite Radio Inc. and any and all successors thereto. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 
  
 (1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be
included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof; 
  
 (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by
that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement,
instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 
  
 (3) the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded;
and 
  
 (4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principles shall be excluded. 
  
 “Consolidated Net
Worth” means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date, the sum of: 
  
 (1) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date; plus 
  

 5 

 (2) the respective amounts reported on such Person’s balance sheet as of such date with respect to
any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may be declared and paid only out of net earnings in respect of the year of such declaration and
payment, but only to the extent of any cash received by such Person upon issuance of such preferred stock. 
  
 “Consolidated Operating Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person
for such period plus: 
  
 (1) an amount equal to any
extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  
  
 (2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  
 (3) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized
(including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital
Lease Obligations and Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging
Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  
  
 (4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were
paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a
prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus  
  
 (5) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period,
other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash
expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Operating Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination
to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments,
judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders. 
  
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who: 
  
 (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date hereof; or

  

 6 

 (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of
the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election. 
  
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as
to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
  
 “Cumulative Available Cash Flow” means, as at any date of determination, the positive cumulative Consolidated Operating Cash Flow realized during the period commencing on the beginning of the first fiscal quarter following
the date hereof and ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of determination for which consolidated financial information of the Company is available or, if such cumulative Consolidated Operating Cash
Flow for such period is negative, the negative amount by which cumulative Consolidated Operating Cash Flow is less than zero. 
  
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
  
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of
time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear
the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
  
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03
hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 
  
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its
terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking
fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that
would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the
terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 of this Indenture. 
  
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants,
options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
  
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. 
  
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes
issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof. 
  

 7 

 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

  
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has
the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the date hereof, including the Indebtedness incurred or to be incurred pursuant to the January 2003 Financing
Transactions, until such amounts are repaid or, in the case of Indebtedness under a facility that permits repayment and reborrowing, until the commitment(s) for such facility have terminated or are released. 
  
 “FCC License Subsidiary” means XM Radio Inc., a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company that owns all of the Company’s FCC licenses to provide satellite digital radio service in the United States. 
  
 “FCC License Subsidiary Pledge Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2003, between the
Company and the Collateral Agent, providing for the pledge of the Capital Stock of FCC License Subsidiary as security for the Notes and certain other Indebtedness. 
  
 “FCC License Subsidiary Pledge Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency
Agreement (FCC License Subsidiary Pledge Agreement), dated as of January 28, 2003, pursuant to which the collateral agent thereunder is appointed on behalf of the various secured creditor parties to serve as Collateral Agent under the FCC License
Subsidiary Pledge Agreement. 
  
 “GAAP” means
generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time. 
  
 “General Security Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement (General
Security Agreement), dated as of January 28, 2003, pursuant to which the collateral agent thereunder is appointed on behalf of the various secured creditor parties to serve as collateral agent under the General Security Agreement. 
  
 “General Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement,
dated as of January 28, 2003 (as amended) among the Company, the Parent Guarantor, the Collateral Agent and the other parties thereto, providing for a grant of a security interest in certain assets of the Company as security for the Notes and
certain other indebtedness. 
  
 “Global Notes”
means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(iv), 2.06(d)(ii) or 2.06(f) hereof.

  
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set
forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
  
 “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for
which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. 
  

 8 

 “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any
Indebtedness. 
  
 “Guarantors” means the Parent
Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors. 
  
 “Hedging
Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under: 
  
 (1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; and 
  
 (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in interest rates or currency values. 
  
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 
  
 “Holdings” means XM Satellite Radio Holdings Inc. and any and all successors thereto. 
  
 “Hughes Satellite Agreement” means the Satellite Purchase Agreement between the Company and Hughes Space and Communications Inc., dated
July 21, 1999, as in effect on the date hereof and as it may be amended from time to time in any respect other than with respect to the terms or scope of the security interest granted by the Company thereunder. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,
any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of: 
  
 (1) borrowed money; 
  
 (2)
evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
  
 (3) banker’s acceptances; 
  
 (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations; 
  
 (5) the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable;
or 
  
 (6) representing any Hedging Obligations, 
  
 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit
and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” shall include (a) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any
asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person), (b) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any indebtedness of any other Person and (c) all Attributable
Debt of such Person. 
  

 9 

 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be: 
  
 (1) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with
original issue discount; and 
  
 (2) the principal amount thereof,
together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
  
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Indenture Guarantees” means the Guarantee of the Parent
Guarantor and of the Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to the terms hereof and substantially in the form set out in Exhibit G hereto, and “Indenture Guarantee” means any of them. 
  
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a
Participant. 
  
 “Initial Notes” means the first
$125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. 
  
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
  
 “Intercreditor Agreements” means the General Security Intercreditor Agreement and the FCC License Subsidiary Pledge Intercreditor Agreement. 
  
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other
Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers, directors and employees made in the ordinary course of
business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no
longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or
disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an
Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07
hereof. 
  
 “January 2003 Financing Transactions”
means (1) the issuance to General Motors Corporation or affiliates thereof (collectively, “GM”) of the Company’s and Holdings’ Series GM Senior Secured Convertible Note due 2009 (the “GM Note”) in the principal amount
of $89,042,387 in lieu of certain guaranteed payments due to GM during the period from 2003 to 2006 under the Company’s Distribution Agreement with GM (the “Distribution Agreement”), (2) the amendment of the Distribution Agreement to
provide for, among other things, the issuance of the GM Notes and the payment of up to $35,000,000 in subscriber acquisition payments in the form of Class A Common Stock of Holdings (the “Class A Common Stock”), (3) the issuance of the
Company’s and Holdings’ 10% Senior Secured Discount Convertible Notes due 2009 and common stock to certain investors, (4) the Company’s and Holdings’ $100,000,000 Senior Secured Credit Facility with GM to finance certain revenue
share payments owed to 
  

 10 

 GM under the Distribution Agreement or other amounts which may be owing from time to time to GM, (5) the issuance of a
warrant to GM to purchase 10,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.18 per share, (6) the issuance and sale to U.S. Trust Company of 5,555,556 shares of Class A Common Stock and the issuance of a warrant to R. Steven Hicks
to purchase 900,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.18 per share in accordance with Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, and (7) the execution, delivery and performance of all agreements, documents and instruments evidencing
the transactions described in clauses (1) through (6) above and all arrangements contemplated thereby, in each case as reflected in such agreements, documents and instruments as in effect on the date of the indenture with such amendments that do not
(x) have a materially adverse effect on the rights of the trustee or the Holders of the Notes under the Notes, the Indenture Guarantees, the Security Agreements or the Intercreditor Agreements, taken as a whole or (y) increase the principal amount
(or accreted value, as applicable) or shorten the fixed maturity of any Indebtedness (for the avoidance of doubt, any such increase will not cause the amounts set forth above to cease to qualify as “January 2003 Financing Transactions”).

  
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or
a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place
on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
  
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by
such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
  
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law,
including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform
Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 
  
 “Liquidated Damages” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Material Subsidiary” means, a Restricted Subsidiary (other than XM Equipment Leasing LLC) that has Guaranteed any Indebtedness or other
Obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary represented by clauses (1) or (3) of the definition of the “January 2003 Financing Transactions.” 
  
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: 
  
 (1) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the
disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
  
 (2) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss.

  

 11 

 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale or other transaction (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs
relating to such Asset Sale or other transaction, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result
thereof, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the
subject of such Asset Sale or other transaction and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 
  
 (1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; 
  
 (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted
Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or
payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and 
  
 (3) as to which the
definitive documentation therefor specifies that the lenders thereunder will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 
  
 “Notes” means any of the securities, as defined in the first
paragraph of the recitals hereof, that are authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall include the Notes initially issued on the date hereof, any Exchange Notes to be issued
and exchanged for any Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture and any Additional Notes issued after the date hereof under this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires. For purposes of this Indenture, all Notes
shall vote together as one series of Notes under this Indenture. 
  
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of
the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on
behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof.

  
 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from
legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 
  

 12 

 “Parent Company Merger” means (a) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into
Holdings or a merger or consolidation of Holdings with or into the Company or (b) any assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company to Holdings or of Holdings to the
Company. 
  
 “Parent Guarantor” means Holdings,
in its capacity as a guarantor of the Obligations under the Notes pursuant to Article 11. 
  
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company that is pari passu in right of payment to the Notes or, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, that is pari passu in right of payment to its
Indenture Guarantee. 
  
 “Participant” means,
with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
  
 “Permitted Business” means any of the lines of business
conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any business similar, ancillary or related thereto or that constitutes a reasonable extension or expansion thereof, including in connection with the Company’s
existing and future technology, trademarks and patents. 
  
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
  
 (1)
any Investment in the Company or in a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than XM Leasing); 
  
 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 
  
 (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: 
  
 (a) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
or 
  
 (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with
or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
  

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with
Section 4.10; 
  
 (5) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange
for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
  
 (6) Hedging Obligations; 
  
 (7)
Investments in existence on the date hereof and modifications thereof; 
  
 (8) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received in compromise of obligations of such Person incurred in the ordinary course of business, including under any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the
bankruptcy or insolvency of such Person; 
  

 13 

 (9) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $2.0 million at any time outstanding; 
  
 (10) Investments indirectly acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries through a direct Investment in another Person made in compliance
with this Indenture, provided that such Investments existed prior to and were not made in contemplation of such acquisition; 
  
 (11) Investments in a joint venture with Sirius Satellite Radio Inc. or an Affiliate or successor thereof, the proceeds of which Investments are used
solely to develop interoperable radio technology capable of receiving and processing radio system signals broadcast by both the Company and Sirius Satellite Radio Inc., for the licensing of other satellite radio technology from the Company and
Sirius Satellite Radio Inc. in connection therewith and for activities reasonably ancillary thereto in accordance with the Joint Development Agreement between the Company and Sirius Satellite Radio Inc., as in effect on the date hereof or as it may
be amended in a manner not materially adverse to the Company; 
  
 (12) from and after any Parent Company Merger, Investments of Holdings in existence on the date hereof; 
  
 (13) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect
to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) since the date hereof that are at the time outstanding not to exceed $10.0 million; and 
  
 (14) Investments in XM Leasing when taken together with all amounts permitted
by clause (15) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 not exceeding $5.0 million outstanding at any time. 
  
 “Permitted Liens” means: 
  
 (1) Liens on any assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Pari Passu Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second
paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided, that the Notes shall be equally and ratably secured by such assets; 
  
 (2) Liens in favor of the Company; 
  

(3) Liens on property, or on shares of stock or Indebtedness, of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated
with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (4) Liens on
property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition; 
  
 (5) Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, leases, statutory
obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
  

 14 

 (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (6) of the
second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof covering only the assets acquired, constructed or improved with such Indebtedness; 
  
 (7) Liens existing on the date hereof (including Liens arising hereunder in favor of the Trustee) and Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the
January 2003 Financing Transactions; 
  
 (8) Liens for taxes,
assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as
shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; 
  
 (9) Liens securing the Notes; 
  
 (10) Liens incidental to the conduct of the Company’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s business or the ownership of its property and assets not securing Indebtedness, and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value
of the assets or property of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business; 
  
 (11) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation,
unemployment insurance and other types of social security; 
  
 (12) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default; 
  
 (13) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real property not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (14) any interest or title of a
lessor under any Capital Lease Obligation; 
  
 (15) leases or
subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (16) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases; 
  
 (17) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a mater of
law to secure payment of customer duties in connection with the importation of goods; 
  
 (18) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not delinquent or remain
payable without penalty; 
  
 (19) Liens securing Hedging
Obligations which Hedging Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
  
 (20) Liens encumbering property or other assets under construction in the ordinary course of business arising from progress or partial payments by a
customer of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or other assets; 
  

 15 

 (21) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the
sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (22) Liens on the Company’s interests in satellites and its terrestrial repeater network, including the Hughes Satellite Agreement and subsequent
satellite procurement or launch contracts; 
  
 (23) Liens incurred
in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations that do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding; and 
  
 (24) Liens on Qualified Receivables securing Indebtedness permitted by clause (xii) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09
hereof; 
  
 (25) from and after any Parent Company Merger, Liens
of Holdings in existence on the date hereof; 
  
 (26) Liens
relating to Satellite Vendor Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (i) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; 
  
 (27) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (vii) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09; provided that such
Liens are no more extensive than the liens securing the Indebtedness so refunded, refinanced or replaced thereby; 
  
 (28) Liens on the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries (other than XM Leasing) securing indebtedness incurred in any Qualified Sale and
Leaseback Transaction; and 
  
 (29) Liens on the assets of XM
Leasing securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (xv) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09. 
  
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for,
or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 
  
 (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest thereon and the amount of all
expenses, consent fees and premiums incurred in connection therewith); 
  
 (2) (A) if such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than that of the Notes or a final maturity date earlier than the final maturity date of the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the debt so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded and a final Stated Maturity no earlier than the final
maturity date of the debt so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded or (B) in all other cases, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and shall have a
Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Notes; 
  
 (3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated 
  

 16 

 in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the
documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and 
  
 (4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded. 
  
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
  
 “Principals” means American Honda Motor Company, Inc. and
General Motors Corporation. 
  
 “Private Placement
Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as
defined in Rule 144A. 
  
 “Qualified Receivables”
means the aggregate amount of accounts receivables of the Company determined in accordance with GAAP that are not more than 90 days past due. 
  
 “Qualified Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means a sale and leaseback transaction (1) involving one or more satellites of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than XM Leasing) and (2) the Net Proceeds of which, together with the aggregate Net Proceeds from all other sale and leaseback transactions involving satellites consummated after the date hereof
(including any subsequent replacements, amendments or modifications thereof), do not exceed $150,000,000. 
  
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April     , 2004, by and
among the Company and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between
the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the
Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S” means
Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of,
the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
  
 “Related Party” means: 
  
 (1) any controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Principal; or

  
 (2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the
beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).

  

 17 

 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within
the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with
respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
  
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the
Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted
Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
  
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities
Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated
under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 903” means
Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule
904” means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act. 
  
 “Satellite Vendor Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company provided by a satellite or satellite launch vendor or Affiliate thereof for the construction, launch and insurance of all or part of one or more replacement
satellites or satellite launches for such satellites, where “replacement satellite” means a satellite that is used for continuation of the Company’s satellite radio service as a replacement for a satellite that is retired, relocated
within the existing service area or reasonably determined by the Company to no longer meet the requirements for such service, or (ii) a ground spare intended for future use as the same. 
  
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. 
  
 “Security Agreements” means the
General Security Agreement and the FCC License Subsidiary Pledge Agreement. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined
in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof. 
  
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such
payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
  

 18 

 “Subscriber” means a subscriber in good standing to the XM Radio Service that has paid
subscription fees for at least one month of such service and whose subscription payments are not delinquent. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
  
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of
Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other
Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 
  
 (2) any partnership, trust or limited liability company (a) the sole general partner, the managing general partner, or the sole manager or trustee of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners or
managing members of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that has executed an Indenture Guarantee and the General Security
Agreement. 
  
 “Tax Sharing Agreement” means the
tax sharing agreement dated March 15, 2000 between Holdings, the Company and XM Radio Inc., as in effect on the date hereof. 
  
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is
qualified under the TIA, except as provided in Section 9.03 hereof. 
  
 “Total Consolidated Indebtedness” means, at any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP, outstanding as of the date of determination. 
  
 “Total Incremental Equity” means, at any date of determination, the sum of, without duplication: (1) the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company since January 29, 2003 from the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of
the Company (other than Disqualified Stock but including Capital Stock issued upon the conversion of convertible Indebtedness or from the exercise of options, warrants or rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company other than Disqualified
Stock), or of contributions to the equity capital of the Company by Holdings or the fair market value of the consideration (if other than cash) from the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or of actual
or deemed capital contributions to the common equity capital of the Company by Holdings from the issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings in exchange for the retirement of Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Company since January 29, 2003, to any Person
other than a Restricted Subsidiary; plus (2) an amount equal to the sum of (a) the net reduction in Investments in any Person (other than Permitted Investments) resulting from the payment in cash of dividends, repayments of loans or advances or
other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the date of Issuance of the Initial Notes from such Person and (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Restricted
Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that in the case of (a) or (b) above, the foregoing sum shall
not exceed the amount of Investments previously made (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary and that constitutes a Restricted Payment that has been deducted from
Total Incremental Equity pursuant to clause (3) below; minus (3) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments declared or made on or after the date of Issuance of the Initial Notes (including the aggregate amount paid pursuant to clauses (i),
(ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (viii) of the second paragraph of Section 4.07). 
  

 19 

 “Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
  
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global
Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear
the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Definitive
Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than the FCC License Subsidiary) that is designated by the Board of
Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 
  
 (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 
  
 (2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of
any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 
  
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating
results; and 
  
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or
indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy
of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted
Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred
by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company
may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness
of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference
period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 
  
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act. 
  

 20 

 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that
is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
  
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 
  
 (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each
then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal (or liquidation preference, as applicable), including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the
nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 
  
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount (or liquidation preference) of such Indebtedness (or Disqualified Stock, as applicable). 
  
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any specified Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person
all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  
 “XM Leasing” means XM Equipment Leasing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any and all of the Company’s Subsidiary successors thereto, for so long as XM Leasing is not a Subsidiary Guarantor and is a
guarantor of, or provides security for, other Indebtedness of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries represented by clauses (1) or (3) of the definition of the “January 2003 Financing Transactions;” provided, that after XM Leasing
ceases to satisfy these criteria all references to XM Leasing shall be deemed deleted and of no further force or effect. 
  
 “XM Radio Assets” means all assets, rights, services and properties, whether tangible or intangible, used or intended for use in
connection with an XM Radio Business, including satellites, terrestrial repeating stations, FCC licenses, uplink facilities, musical libraries and other recorded programming, furniture, fixtures and equipment and telemetry, tracking, monitoring and
control equipment. 
  
 “XM Radio Business” means
the business of transmitting digital radio programming throughout the United States by satellite and terrestrial repeating stations to be received by subscribers, including any business in which the Company was engaged on the date hereof, and any
business reasonably related thereto. 
  
 “XM Radio
Service” means digital radio programming transmitted by satellites and terrestrial repeating stations to vehicle, home and portable radios in the United States. 
  
 Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term

	  	 Defined in
 Section

	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Benefited Party”
	  	11.01
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.14

  

 21 

			
	 Term

	  	 Defined in
 Section

	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.14
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.14
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07

  
 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
  
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
  
 “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

  
 “indenture to be qualified” means this
Indenture; 
  
 “indenture trustee” or
“institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
  
 “obligor” on the Notes and the Indenture Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Indenture Guarantees, respectively. 
  
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined
by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
  
 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. 
  
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
  
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the
singular; 
  

 22 

 (e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 
  
 (f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

 
 (g) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be
deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
  
 ARTICLE 2. 
 THE NOTES 
  
 Section 2.01. Form and Dating. 
  
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples
thereof. 
  
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall
constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to
the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
  

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend
thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and
without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges
and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the
Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
  
 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 
  
 Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the
time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. 
  
 A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by
two Officers (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes in an unlimited amount. The aggregate principal amount of Notes
outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof. 
  

 23 

 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An
authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with
Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 
  
 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
  
 The
Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”).
The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term
“Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to
this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company
(“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
  
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
  
 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
  
 The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree
in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the
Trustee of any default by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at
any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a
Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall
serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
  
 Section 2.05. Holder Lists. 
  
 The Trustee shall
preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall
furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and
addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 
  

 24 

 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 
  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be
transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee
of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is
no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; (ii) the Company in its sole discretion
determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or (iii) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with
respect to the Notes and a request for Definitive Notes has been made by the Trustee or a Holder. Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall
instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof,
pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a),
however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 
  
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall
be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth
herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following
subparagraphs, as applicable: 
  
 (i) Transfer
of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance
with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S.
Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i). 
  
 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with
all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) both: (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect
Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred
or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) both: (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect
Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be 
  

 25 

 issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and
(2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (i) above. Upon consummation of an
Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal
delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise
applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
  
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may
be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

  
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in
the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 
  
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests
in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
  

 26 

 (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to
transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this
subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and
that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has
not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
  
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (c)
Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 
  
 (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a
QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule
904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in
accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by
item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  

 27 

 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the
Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
  

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is
not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such
transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  

 28 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the
Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and
in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 (iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be
registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect
Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the
Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of
Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 
  
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer
such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note
proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or
Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  

 29 

 (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional
Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A)
above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note. 
  
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a
Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or
transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that
it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such
transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so
require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably 
  

 30 

 acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee
shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon
receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
  
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
  
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.
Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or
exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney,
duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 
  
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive
Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
  
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
  

 31 

 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a
Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

  
 (C) any such transfer is effected by a
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register
such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
  
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the
Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z)
they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the 
  

 32 

 Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters
of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the
Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of
Unrestricted Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. 
  
 (g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless
specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 (i) Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following
form 
  
 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING
SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S.
PERSON, IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS NOTE FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED
INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “IAI”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO UNDER RULE 144(k) (TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE PROVISIONS OF
RULE 144(d) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE
HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) TO AN IAI THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND
AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F)
PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS
TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE 
  

 33 

 BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE.
AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE
TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 
  
 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii),
(d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

  
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE
GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
  
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS
PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) ETC., TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE
NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC). ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR
OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO. HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
  
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for
Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time
prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal
amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of 
  

 34 

 the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person
who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the
direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
  
 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
  
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section
2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
  
 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

  
 (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to
register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes
shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
  
 (v) Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be required
(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing a notice of redemption of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the
close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or
to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
  
 (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat
the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be
affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 (vii) The
Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
  
 (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to
effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
  

 35 

 Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. 
  
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of
the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. An indemnity bond must be supplied by the
Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its
expenses in replacing a Note. 
  
 Every replacement Note is an
additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  
 Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 
  
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation,
those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be
outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 
  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
  
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01
hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
  
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date
such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
  
 Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. 
  
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, by the Parent Guarantor, by any Subsidiary Guarantor or by any Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 
  
 Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. 
  
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company
may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for
temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
  
 Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this
Indenture. 
  

 36 

 Section 2.11. Cancellation. 
  
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to
the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall
dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  
 Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. 
  
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay
the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section
4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and
payment date, provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the
Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
  
 Section 2.13. CUSIP Numbers. 
  
 The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then
generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other indemnification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission
of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers. 
  
 ARTICLE 3. 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
  
 Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. 
  
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption
provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth: 
  
 (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 
  
 (2) the redemption date; 
  
 (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 
  
 (4) the redemption price. 
  

 37 

 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 
  
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to
purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof,
shall be redeemed or purchased, except as follows: 
  

	 	(1)	 	if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

  

	 	(2)	 	if otherwise required by law. 

  
 The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial
redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or
purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for
redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
  
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 10 but not more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed or purchased at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 12 hereof. 
  
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP number) and shall state: 
  
 (a) the redemption date; 
  
 (b) the redemption price; 
  
 (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon
surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
  
 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
  
 (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
  
 (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment,
interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
  
 (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
  

 38 

 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed
in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
  
 At the Company’s
request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter
period as to be agreed upon by the Company and the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 

 
 Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof,
Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
  
 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
  
 One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or
the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed. 
  
 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on
and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest
payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for
redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any
interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
  
 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 
  
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall
authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 
  

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption. 
  
 (a) The Company will have the option to redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice from the date of hereof
through April 30, 2005 at a redemption price equal to 102% of the principal amount, and thereafter at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and Liquidated
Damages if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2005
	  	101	%
	 2006 and thereafter
	  	100	%

  

 39 

 (b) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01
through 3.06 hereof. 
  
 Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption. 
  
 The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with
respect to the Notes. 
  
 Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of
Excess Proceeds. 
  
 In the event that, pursuant to Section
4.10 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
  
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the
Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its
commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase
Date”), the Company shall apply all Excess Proceeds pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or,
if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
  
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before
the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be
payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
  
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to
enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 
  
 (a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09
and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open; 
  
 (b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 
  
 (c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue accrue interest; 
  
 (d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer
shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
  

 40 

 (e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have
Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only; 
  
 (f) that
Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry
transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
  
 (g) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the
case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
  
 (h)
that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a
pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples
thereof, shall be purchased); and 
  
 (i) that Holders whose Notes
were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
  
 On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to
the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later
than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note,
and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.
Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 
  
 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase
pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 4. 
 COVENANTS 
  
 Section 4.01. Payment of Notes. 
  
 The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in
the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, shall be considered paid on the 
  

 41 

 date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on
the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company will pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the
dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. If a Holder of more than $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes delivers wire transfer instructions to the Company in writing no later than 10 days before
the applicable Interest Payment Date, the Company shall cause the Paying Agent to transfer all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest, to such Holder to be made in accordance with such Holder’s wire transfer instructions.

  
 The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in
any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  
 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
  
 The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of
the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
  
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or
surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency
in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

 
 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as
one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03. 
  
 Section 4.03. Reports. 
  
 (a) Whether or not
required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Parent Guarantor shall furnish to the Holders of Notes, within 15 days following the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: (i) all
quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Parent Guarantor’s certified independent accountants and (ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K.
Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Parent Guarantor shall file a copy of all the information and reports referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods
specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. The Company shall at all times comply with TIA §
314(a). 
  

 42 

 (b) If, at any time after consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Parent Guarantor is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Parent Guarantor will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraph with the SEC
within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Parent Guarantor will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will
not accept the Parent Guarantor’s filings for any reason, the Parent Guarantor will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Parent Guarantor were required to file
those reports with the SEC. 
  
 (c) For so long as any Notes
remain outstanding, the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule
144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
  
 (d) If the combined
operations of the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries, excluding the operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and excluding cash and cash equivalents, would, if held by a single Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, constitute a
Significant Subsidiary of the Company, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraphs will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes
thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the
financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Guarantor and its other Subsidiaries; provided however, that the requirements of this paragraph shall not apply if the Company files with the SEC the reports referred to in clause (a)
above, and any such report contains the information described in this paragraph. 
  
 (e) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained
therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
  
 Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate. 
  
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so
required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has
been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreements, and
further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture, the Security Agreements and the
Intercreditor Agreements and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture, the Security Agreements or the Intercreditor Agreements (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred
and remains in 
  

 43 

 existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or
if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 (b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary
for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the
nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation. 
  
 (c) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver
to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

  
 Section 4.05. Taxes. 
  
 The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay,
prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the
Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

  
 The Company, the Parent Guarantor and each Subsidiary
Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any
time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company, the Parent Guarantor and each Subsidiary Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or
advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such
law has been enacted. 
  
 Section 4.07. Restricted Payments. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company and cash in lieu of fractional interests not to exceed 1% of the Equity Interests distributed or paid); (ii) other than pursuant to a Parent Company Merger, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including without
limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company (other than any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or any Affiliate of the Company
(other than any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); (iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated in 
  

 44 

 right of payment to the Notes except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or (iv) make any
Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted
Payment: 
  
 (a) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and 
  
 (b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had
been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Total Consolidated Indebtedness to Adjusted Consolidated Operating Cash Flow ratio test set
forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09; and 
  
 (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date hereof (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4),
(7), (13) and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication of (a) the difference between (i) the Cumulative Available Cash Flow determined at the time of such Restricted Payment and (ii) 150% of the cumulative
consolidated interest expense of the Company whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment
obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or
bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates determined for the period commencing on January 29, 2003 and ending on the last day of the
latest fiscal quarter for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available preceding the date of such Restricted Payment, plus (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company commencing on January 29,
2003 as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or of contributions to the equity capital of the Company by Holdings, or from the issue or sale of
convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities)
sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), or the fair market value of the consideration (if other than cash) from the issue or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or of actual or deemed capital contributions to the
common equity capital of the Company by Holdings from the issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings in exchange for the retirement of Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Company since January 29, 2003, plus (c) to the extent that any Unrestricted
Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date hereof, the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation and (ii) such fair market value immediately
prior to the time such Subsidiary was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus (d) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date hereof is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser
of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment, minus (e) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness then
outstanding which was incurred pursuant to clause (i)(b) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” in Section 4.09 hereof. 
  

 45 

 The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or
would be caused thereby, 
  
 (1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution
within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture, and such payment will be deemed to have been paid on the date of declaration for purposes of
the calculation in the foregoing paragraph; 
  
 (2) the redemption, repurchase,
retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) and cash payments in lieu of fractional interests not to exceed 1% of the Equity Interests so redeemed, repurchased, retired, defeased or otherwise
acquired; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from subclause (b) of clause (c) of the preceding paragraph;

  
 (3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement
for value of subordinated Indebtedness of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent incurrence (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 

 
 (4) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders
of its common Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
  
 (5) the repurchase,
redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any member of the Company’s (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’) management pursuant to
any management equity subscription agreement or stock option agreement in effect as of the date hereof; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $1.0
million in any twelve-month period; 
  
 (6) the purchase of any subordinated
Indebtedness at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount or accreted value thereof, as the case may be, together with accrued interest, if any, following an Asset Sale in accordance with provisions similar to those contained in
Section 4.10; provided, however, that prior to making any such purchase the Company has made the Excess Proceeds Offer as provided in such covenant with respect to the Notes and has purchased all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with
such Excess Proceeds Offer; 
  
 (7) making payments to dissenting shareholders
pursuant to applicable law in connection with a consolidation or merger of the Company made in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (8) Restricted Investments in an amount equal to 100% of Total Incremental Equity since the date hereof determined as of the date any such Restricted Investment is made,
less the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness then outstanding which was incurred pursuant to clause (i)(b) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” set forth under Section 4.09 hereof; 
  
 (9) the purchase of (a) any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company at a purchase price not
greater than 101% of the principal amount or accreted value thereof, as the case may be, together with accrued interest, if any, in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to those of Section 4.14 or (b) any Preferred
Stock of the Company at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the 
  

 46 

 liquidation preference thereof, together with accrued dividends, if any, in the event of a Change of Control in
accordance with provisions similar to those of Section 4.14; provided, however, that, in each case, prior to such purchase the Company has made the Change of Control Offer as provided in this Indenture with respect to the Notes and has
purchased all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer; 
  
 (10) the payment of dividends to Holdings the proceeds of which are used to satisfy ordinary course administrative expenses of Holdings, but in no event to exceed $1.0 million in any given fiscal year; 
  
 (11) for so long as Holdings files consolidated income tax returns which include the Company,
the payment of any dividend required pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement between the Company and Holdings and any renewals, extensions, implementations or modifications thereof that are not materially adverse to the holders; provided that any such
payment made by the Company to Holdings from time to time shall not exceed the net amount of the relevant (estimated or final, as the case may be) tax liability that Holdings actually owes to the appropriate taxing authority at such time;

  
 (12) any payments required by Section 9.7(b) of the note purchase agreement
providing for the sale and issuance of the notes referred to in clause (3) of the definition of “January 2003 Financing Transactions;” 
  
 (13) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the date hereof in accordance with the Total Consolidated Indebtedness to Adjusted Consolidated Operating Cash Flow ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09; 
  
 (14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests (other
than Disqualified Stock) deemed to occur upon the exercise, exchange or conversion of stock option, warrants or other similar rights to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise or exchange price of those stock options,
and the repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) made in lieu of withholding taxes resulting from the exercise, exchange or conversion of stock options, warrants or other similar
rights; and 
  
 (15) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $10.0 million since the date hereof. 
  
 The amount of all
Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.07 shall be determined by the Board of Directors whose good faith resolution with respect thereto shall be
conclusive and shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing (or, in the case of assets
such as satellites or network components generally found only in the satellite industry, an appraiser or other professional with expertise in the valuation of assets of such type) if the fair market value exceeds $20.0 million. Not later than the
date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07
were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture. 
  
 Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective
any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital 
  

 47 

 Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or
measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or (d) guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
  
 (1) Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the date hereof and any
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in such Existing Indebtedness, as in effect on the date hereof; 
  
 (2) this Indenture and the Notes; 
  
 (3) applicable law; 
  
 (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person
acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or
restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted
by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
  
 (5) customary
non-assignment provisions in leases or contracts or real property mortgages or related documents entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; 
  
 (6) purchase money obligations, Capital Lease Obligations or mortgage financings that impose restrictions on the property so
acquired of the nature described in clause (c) of the preceding paragraph; 
  
 (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition; 
  
 (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions
contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
  
 (9) Liens securing Indebtedness that limit the right of the debtor to dispose
of the assets subject to such Lien; 
  
 (10) provisions with
respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; and 
  
 (11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers
under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business. 
  

 48 

 Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including
Acquired Debt) and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock and a Subsidiary Guarantor may incur Acquired Debt if the ratio of Total
Consolidated Indebtedness to Adjusted Consolidated Operating Cash Flow for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional
Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at less than or equal to 6.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness
had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
  
 The provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 shall not apply to the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively,
“Permitted Debt”): 
  
 (i) the
incurrence by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Pari Passu Indebtedness or Satellite Vendor Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (including the aggregate principal amount of all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to
refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (i)), which does not exceed at any time outstanding: (a) $500.0 million plus (b) the amount equal to 175% of Total Incremental Equity as of the date of such incurrence;

  
 (ii) unsecured subordinated Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock of the Company incurred to finance the construction, expansion, development or acquisition of music libraries and other recorded music programming, furniture, fixtures and equipment (including satellites, ground stations and
related equipment) if such subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable, has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity longer than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes and has a final Stated Maturity of principal later than
the Stated Maturity of principal of the Notes; 
  
 (iii) unsecured subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company in an aggregate principal amount (or liquidation preference, as applicable) (including the aggregate principal amount (or liquidation preference, as applicable)
of all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable, incurred pursuant to this clause (iii)) at any time outstanding not to exceed the product of (a) $100.0 and (b)
the number of Subscribers at such time if such subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable, has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity longer than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes and has a final Stated Maturity of
principal later than the Stated Maturity of principal of the Notes; 
  
 (iv) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness, including pursuant to the January 2003 Financing Transactions; 
  
 (v) the incurrence by the Company and any Subsidiary
Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantees thereof and the Exchange Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantees thereof to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  

 49 

 (vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than XM
Leasing) of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of acquisition, construction or
improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to this clause (vi), not to exceed $30.0 million at any time outstanding; 
  
 (vii) the incurrence by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantors or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, of Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this
Section 4.09 or clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (xii), (xiii) or (xiv) of this paragraph; 
  
 (viii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than XM Leasing) of intercompany Indebtedness between or
among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: (a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all
Obligations with respect to the Notes; and (b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (other than XM Leasing)
and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than XM Leasing) thereof, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than XM Leasing), as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (viii); 
  
 (ix) the incurrence by the Company of Hedging Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (x) the accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization
of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified
Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; 
  
 (xi) the incurrence by the Company of additional Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or Disqualified Stock in an aggregate principal
amount (or liquidation preference or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock incurred pursuant to this
clause (xi), not to exceed $30.0 million; 
  
 (xii) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are utilized solely to finance working capital in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the lesser of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 80% of Qualified Receivables; 

 
 (xiii) from and after any Parent Company Merger,
Indebtedness of Holdings in existence on the date hereof; 
  
 (xiv) any Qualified Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and 
  

 50 

 (xv) any Indebtedness of XM Leasing when taken together with all amounts permitted by
clause (14) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” not exceeding $5.0 million outstanding at any time. 
  
 The Company will not incur any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of
the Company unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness of the Company shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in
right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company solely by virtue of being unsecured. 
  
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xv)
above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 and such item of Indebtedness
shall be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09. 
  
 Section 4.10. Asset Sales. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate an Asset Sale unless (x) the Company (or the Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; (y) such fair market value shall be determined
by the Company’s Board of Directors (whose good faith determination shall be conclusive) and evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and (z) at least 75% of the consideration received
therefor by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. 
  
 For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: 
  

	 	(a)	 	any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the notes or any guarantee thereof) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability; 

  

	 	(b)	 	any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received in that conversion) within 30 days of the receipt thereof; and 

  

	 	(c)	 	any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clause (a)(i) or (a)(iii) of the next succeeding paragraph. 

  
 Any Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof will not be
deemed to be an Asset Sale. 
  
 Within 360 days after the receipt
of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company may (a) apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option, (i) to acquire all or substantially all of the 
  

 51 

 assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business, or Voting Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary
engaged in a Permitted Business (other than any such Voting Stock owned or held by a Restricted Subsidiary), (ii) to make a capital expenditure, or (iii) to acquire other assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business that have an expected
useful life of one year or longer; (b) enter into a legally binding agreement to apply such Net Proceeds as described in the preceding clause (a) within six months after such agreement is entered into and apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with
the terms of such agreement or the provisions of clause (a) above; provided that if such agreement terminates the Company shall have until the earlier of (i) 90 days after the date of such termination and (ii) six months after the date of the Asset
Sale resulting in such Net Proceeds to effect such an application; or (c) to permanently repay (and reduce the commitments with respect to) Pari Passu Indebtedness. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily
reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale that are not finally applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of this
paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” Within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10 million, the Company shall commence an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to Section 3.09
hereof to all Holders of Notes and all holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum
principal amount, or if applicable, accreted value, of notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount (or
accreted value, if applicable, of such Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest, and Liquidated Damages, if any) to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. If any Excess
Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes and principal amount (or, if applicable,
accreted value) of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata
basis based on the principal amount (or, if applicable, accreted value) of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be deemed to be reset at zero.

  
 The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of
any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale
provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict. 
  
 Section 4.11.
Transactions with Affiliates. 
  
 (a) The Company shall not,
and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any
transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable
to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee (1) with
respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such
Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and, if an opinion meeting the requirements set forth in clause (2) of this paragraph has not 
  

 52 

 been obtained, that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors
who have no direct financial interest in such Affiliate Transaction (other than as a stockholder of the Company or Holdings) and (2) with respect to (x) any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $20.0 million, or (y) any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million where none of the members of the Board of Directors qualify as having
no direct financial interest in such Affiliate Transaction (other than as a stockholder of the Company or Holdings), an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of
view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing. 
  
 (b) The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof: 
  
 (1) any transaction by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate related to the purchase, sale or
distribution of products in the ordinary course of business, which has been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are disinterested with respect to such transaction; 
  
 (2) any employment agreement or arrangement or employee benefit plan entered
into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (3) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (4) payment of reasonable directors fees and provisions of customary indemnification to directors, officers and employees of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (5) sales of
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company; 
  
 (6) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of Section 4.07 hereof and under clauses (8) and (9) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”; 
  
 (7) transactions pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement and any renewals,
extensions, implementations or modifications thereof that are not materially adverse to the Holders; 
  
 (8) contractual arrangements existing on the date hereof, including the January 2003 Financing Transactions, and any renewals, extensions, implementations
or modifications thereof that are not materially adverse to the holders; 
  
 (9) increases, decreases or other modifications to the Indebtedness referred to in clause (4) of the definition of the “January 2003 Financing Transactions”, which has been approved by a majority of the
members of the Board of Directors who are disinterested with respect to such transaction; and 
  
 (10) the Parent Company Merger. 
  
 Section
4.12. Liens. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired.

  

 53 

 Section 4.13. Corporate Existence. 
  
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company, the Parent Guarantor and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall use its reasonable best
efforts to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended
from time to time) of the Company, the Parent Guarantor, each Subsidiary Guarantor or any such Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company, the Parent Guarantor, each Subsidiary Guarantor and any
such Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its
Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company, the Parent Guarantor, each Subsidiary Guarantor and any such Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes, provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4.13 shall prohibit a Parent Company Merger. 
  
 Section 4.14. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 
  
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an
offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any) to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each
Holder stating: (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 and no later
than 60 calendar days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of
Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control
Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the
second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his
election to have the Notes purchased; and (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal
to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes in connection with a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions this Section 4.14, the Company will
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue of such compliance. 
  
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or
portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of 
  

 54 

 all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted
together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail (but in any case not later than five business days after the Change
of Control Payment date) to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal
amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered by such Holder, if any; provided, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of
the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  
 (c) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in
the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. 
  
 Section 4.15. Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 
  
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback
transaction (other than a sale and leaseback transaction between the Company and one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors or among Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors) other than a
Qualified Sale and Leaseback Transaction; provided that the Company and/or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if: (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have (a) incurred
Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Total Consolidated Indebtedness to Adjusted Consolidated Operating Cash Flow ratio test in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 and (b)
incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.12, (ii) the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company and set forth in an officers’ certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction, and (iii) the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and
the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 3.09 and 4.10. 
  
 Section 4.16. Payments for Consent. 
  
 Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an
inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time
frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
  
 Section 4.17. Insurance 
  
 (a) The Company shall obtain prior to the launch of each satellite and shall maintain launch insurance with respect to each satellite launch covering the period from the launch to 180 days following the launch of each satellite in an amount
equal to or greater than the sum of (i) the cost to replace such satellite with a satellite of comparable or superior technological capability (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board
Resolution) and having at 
  

 55 

 least as much transmission capacity as the satellite to be replaced, (ii) the cost to launch a replacement satellite
pursuant to the contract whereby a replacement satellite will be launched and (iii) the cost of launch insurance for such replacement or, in the event that the Company has reason to believe that the cost of obtaining comparable insurance for a
replacement would be materially higher, the Company’s best estimate of the cost of such comparable insurance in each case such costs being determined as of the date such insurance is procured by the Board of Directors whose determination shall
be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Company has two primary satellites in-orbit and fully functioning, the Company shall not be obligated to obtain insurance pursuant to this
paragraph (a) with respect to the launch of any satellite that the Company does not intend to use as a replacement for one of the satellites used by the Company to provide the XM Radio Service. 
  
 (b) The Company shall maintain full in-orbit insurance with respect to each
satellite it owns and launches in an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) the cost to replace such satellite with a satellite of comparable or superior technological capability (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall
be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) and having at least as much transmission capacity as the satellite to be replaced (or such percentage of replacement value as is then reasonably obtainable in the insurance market at a commercially
reasonable cost), (ii) the cost to launch a replacement satellite pursuant to the contract pursuant to which a replacement satellite will be launched and (iii) the cost of launch insurance for such replacement or, in the event that the Company has
reason to believe that the cost of obtaining comparable insurance for a replacement would be materially higher, the Company’s best estimate of the cost of such comparable insurance (provided, however, that with respect to any
satellite as to which there has been an insured loss, the required amount of such insurance shall equal the lesser of such sum and the amount reasonably obtainable in the insurance market at a commercially reasonable cost, as determined by the Board
of Directors whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution). The in-orbit insurance required by this paragraph shall provide that if 50% or more of a satellite’s capacity is lost, the full amount of insurance shall
become due and payable, and that if a satellite is able to maintain more than 50% but less than 100% of its capacity, a portion of such insurance shall become due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Company has two
primary satellites in-orbit and fully functioning, the Company will not be obligated to obtain insurance pursuant to this Section 4.17(b) with respect to any satellite that the Company does not intend to use as a replacement for one of the two
primary satellites used by the Company to provide the XM Radio Service. 
  
 (c) In the event that the Company receives proceeds from insurance relating to any satellite, the Company shall be entitled to use all or any portion of such proceeds for any purpose, including (i) to repay any vendor or third-party
purchase money financing pertaining to such satellite that is required to be repaid by reason of the loss giving rise to such insurance proceeds, (ii) to develop and construct a replacement satellite, or (iii) general corporate purposes. 

 
 Section 4.18. Liquidated Damages Notice. 
  
 In the event that the Company is required to pay Liquidated Damages to
holders of Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will provide written notice (“Liquidated Damages Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Liquidated Damages no later than five days prior to the
proposed payment date for the Liquidated Damages, and the Liquidated Damages Notice shall set forth the amount of Liquidated Damages to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or
responsibility to any holder of Notes to determine the Liquidated Damages, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of Liquidated Damages owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Liquidated
Damages. 
  

 56 

 ARTICLE 5. 
 SUCCESSORS 
  
 Section 5.01. Merger,
Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
  
 The Company shall not
consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to, another Person unless (i) the Company is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (ii) the Person formed by or surviving
any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Intercreditor Agreement,
the Security Agreement, the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, (iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists and (iv) the Company or the Person formed
by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made shall have Consolidated Net Worth immediately after the transaction equal
to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately preceding the transaction. In addition, the Company shall not lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other
Person. The provisions of this Section 5.01 shall not be applicable to a consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets between or among (i) the Company and its Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries or (ii) the Company and Holdings. 
  
 Section 5.02. Successor
Corporation Substituted. 
  
 Upon any consolidation or
merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with
which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance
or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the
same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a
sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 6. 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

 
 Section 6.01. Events of Default and Remedies. 
  
 An “Event of Default” occurs if: 
  
 (a) the Company defaults in the payment when due of interest on, or
Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes and such default continues for 30 days; 
  

 57 

 (b) the Company defaults in the payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when
the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise; 
  
 (c) the Company defaults in the performance, or breaches the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof, the Company fails to make or consummate a Change of
Control Offer in accordance with the Provisions of Section 4.14 or the Company fails to make or consummate an Asset Sale Offer in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; 
  
 (d) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to observe or perform any other covenant or other agreement in
this Indenture, the Notes, the Indenture Guarantees either of the Security Agreements or either of the Intercreditor Agreements for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of
the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class; 
  
 (e) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default (i) results in the
acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity or (ii) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the
date of such default (a “Payment Default”) and, in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of
which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more; 
  
 (f) a final nonappealable judgment or final nonappealable judgments for the payment of money are entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgment or judgments
remain undischarged for a period (during which execution shall not be effectively stayed) of 60 days, provided that the aggregate of all such undischarged judgments exceeds $10.0 million (net of any amounts with respect to which a reputable
and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability in writing); 
  
 (g) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
  
 (i) commences a voluntary case, 
  
 (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it
in an involuntary case, 
  
 (iii) consents to the
appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 
  
 (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
  
 (v) generally can not pay its debts as they become due; 
  

 58 

 (h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

  
 (i) is for relief against the Company or any
of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
  
 (ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 

 
 (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its
Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary 
  
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 
  
 (i) the Company or Parent Guarantor repudiates any of its obligations under either of the Security Agreements or either of
the Intercreditor Agreements other than in accordance with provisions thereof or hereof, or either of the Security Agreements or either of the Intercreditor Agreements is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for
any reason to be in full force and effect; or 
  
 (j) any
Indenture Guarantee is held in a judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect (except pursuant to its terms or pursuant to the terms of the Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall
deny or disaffirm its Obligations under its Indenture Guarantee. 
  
 Section
6.02. Acceleration. 
  
 In the case of an Event of Default
specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, the principal amount of all outstanding
notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the
Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. Holders of the Notes may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided herein. Except where such (x) would conflict
with applicable law or this Indenture or (y) may involve the Trustee in personal liability (for which the Trustee has not been indemnified as provided in this Indenture), Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes may direct the
Trustee in its exercise of any trust power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal amount, premium or
interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders waive any
existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or Liquidated Damages on, or the principal amount of, the Notes. 
  
 The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually an Officers’
Certificate regarding compliance herewith. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  

 59 

 Section 6.03. Other Remedies. 
  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of
principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission
by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the
extent permitted by law. 
  
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.

  
 Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in
the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall
be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
  
 Section 6.05. Control by Majority. 
  
 Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising
any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the
rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
  
 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 
  
 A Holder
of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 
  
 (a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
  
 (b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

 
 (c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested,
provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
  
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of, security
or indemnity; and 
  
 (e) during such 60-day period, the Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 
  

 60 

 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to
obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders). 
  
 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any
Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for
the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of
payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to
such Lien. 
  
 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 
  
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) hereof occurs and
is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  
 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
  
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be
entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the
Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and
other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or
consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in
any such proceeding. 
  

 61 

 Section 6.10. Priorities. 
  
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

 
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys
for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
  
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and
unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any
and interest, respectively; and 
  
 Third:
to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
  
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
  
 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 
  
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a
Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant
to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE 7. 
 TRUSTEE 
  
 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 
  
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall
exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

  
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

  
 (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be
determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture
against the Trustee; and 
  
 (ii) in the absence
of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture. 
  

 62 

 However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically
required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical
calculations or other facts stated therein). 
  
 (c) The Trustee
may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
  
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
  
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
  
 (d) Whether or
not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
  
 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for
interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 
  
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel
shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of
any agent appointed with due care. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
  
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company
shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company and any demand, request, direction or notice from the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary
Guarantor, as applicable. 
  

 63 

 (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction. 
  
 (g) The Trustee
shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 
  
 (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are
extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
  

(i) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such
certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
  
 Section 7.03.
Individual Rights of Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee
acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10
and 7.11 hereof. 
  
 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

 
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as
to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this
Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other
document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
  
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 
  
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so
long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
  

 64 

 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
  
 (a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the
date hereof, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has
occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

  
 (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the
Holders of Notes shall be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing
when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or of any delisting thereof. 
  
 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 
  
 (a)
The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as shall be agreed in writing from time to time between the Company and the Trustee. The Trustee’s compensation
shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the
compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
  
 (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself
against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability
or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company or any of the
Guarantors of its/their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
  
 (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

 
 (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment
obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
  
 (e) When the
Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to
constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  

 65 

 (f) The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

  
 Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 
  
 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
  
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
  
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
  
 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for
relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
  
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

  
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days
after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 (e)
If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the
appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 (f) A successor Trustee
shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and
duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums
owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall
continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.09. Successor
Trustee by Merger, etc. 
  
 If the Trustee consolidates,
merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
  

 66 

 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
  
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the
United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at
least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
  
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
  
 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 
  
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  
 ARTICLE 8. 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT
DEFEASANCE 
  
 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance. 
  
 The Company may, at the option of its Board
of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article
8. 
  
 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with
respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary
Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Indenture Guarantees), which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section
8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall
execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund
described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the aggregate principal amount of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the
Company’s, the Parent Guarantor’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the
Company’s, the Parent Guarantor’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02
notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
  

 67 

 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and
each of the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, and 4.17
hereof and clause (iv) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be
deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding”
for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and the Indenture Guarantees, the
Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason
of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder
of this Indenture and such Notes and the Indenture Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of
the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(c) through 6.01(f) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 
  
 Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes: 
  
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

  
 (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in
trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or
firm of independent public accountants, to pay the aggregate principal amount of, or interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and
the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
  
 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date hereof, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax
law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance
and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  

 68 

 (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit
(other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or
any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
  
 (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
  
 (f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of
preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; and 
  
 (g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
  
 Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
  
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government
Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall
be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine,
to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of aggregate principal amount, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law. 
  
 The Company shall pay and indemnify the
Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax,
fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the written request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities
held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under
Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  

 69 

 Section 8.06. Repayment to Company. 
  
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the
aggregate principal amount of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such aggregate principal amount, and premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest has become due and
payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or
such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall
at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days
from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
  
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and any Guarantors’ obligations under this
Indenture, the Notes and the Indenture Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in
accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of aggregate principal amount of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE 9. 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
  
 Section 9.01. Without Consent of
Holders of Notes. 
  
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this
Indenture, the Company, the Parent Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Indenture Guarantees, either of the Security Agreements or either of the Intercreditor Agreements without
the consent of any Holder of a Note: 
  
 (a) to cure any
ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
  
 (b) to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 hereof (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder; 
  
 (c) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s
obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Indenture Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 11 hereof; 
  

 70 

 (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes
or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note; 
  
 (e) to comply with requirements of the SEC or in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
  

(f) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Indenture Guarantees, the Security Agreements, the Intercreditor Agreements or the Notes to any
provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated April 15, 2004, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was
intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Indenture Guarantees, the Security Agreements, the Intercreditor Agreements or the Notes; 
  
 (g) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the
date hereof; 
  
 (h) to allow any Guarantor to execute a
supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes; or 
  
 (i) to amend the General Security Agreement to no longer require (or waive any such requirement) periodic reporting to the Collateral Agent on newly acquired intellectual propery and other personal property by the
Company or any Guarantor. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company, the
Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors accompanied by a resolution of each of their Boards of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, Indenture Guarantee, Security Agreement or Intercreditor
Agreement and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of (or, in the case of any Security Agreement,
directing the Collateral Agent to execute) any amended or supplemental Indenture, Indenture Guarantee, Security Agreement or Intercreditor Agreement authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate
agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into (or, if applicable, direct the Collateral Agent to enter into) such amended or supplemental Indenture, Indenture Guarantee, Security
Agreement or Intercreditor Agreement that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  
 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Parent Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this
Indenture (including Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof), the Notes, the Indenture Guarantees, either of the Security Agreements and either of the Intercreditor Agreements with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at
maturity of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject
to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default
resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Indenture Guarantees, either of the Security Agreements or either of the Intercreditor Agreements may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents 
  

 71 

 obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained in the Indenture, each of the Security Agreements may also be amended pursuant to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreement without the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of
the Notes. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company, the Parent
Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors accompanied by a resolution of each of their Boards of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, Indenture Guarantee, Security Agreement or Intercreditor Agreement, and
upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, if necessary, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join
with the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of (or, in the case of any Security Agreement, directing the Collateral Agent to execute) such amended or supplemental Indenture, Indenture Guarantee, Security
Agreement or Intercreditor Agreement unless such amended or supplemental Indenture, Indenture Guarantee, Security Agreement or Intercreditor Agreement directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or
otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into (or, if applicable, direct the Collateral Agent to enter into) such amended or supplemental Indenture, Indenture Guarantee, Security Agreement or
Intercreditor Agreement. 
  
 It shall not be necessary for the
consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes
effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair
or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then
outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Indenture Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment,
supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
  
 (a) reduce the principal amount at maturity of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
  
 (b) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed maturity of any Note
or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof); 
  
 (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 
  
 (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or
premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional
Notes, if any) and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
  

 72 

 (e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 
  
 (f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers
of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes; 
  
 (g) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof); 
  
 (h) release any portion of the Collateral from the Lien of the Security
Agreements, (except in accordance with the terms thereof); 
  
 (i)
release any Guarantor from its Obligations under the Indenture or its Indenture Guarantee except as in accordance therewith; or 
  
 (j) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions. 
  
 Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set
forth in a amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
  
 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
  
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that
evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives
written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
  
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
  
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement
or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. Failure to make
the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
  
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture, Indenture Guarantee, Security Agreement or Intercreditor Agreement authorized pursuant to
this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. Each of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors may not sign an amendment or supplemental
Indenture, Indenture 
  

 73 

 Guarantee, Security Agreement or Intercreditor Agreement until its Board of Directors approves it. In executing any
amended or supplemental Indenture, Indenture Guarantee, Security Agreement or Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by
Section 13.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture, Indenture Guarantee, Security Agreement or Intercreditor Agreement is authorized or permitted by this
Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE 10. 
 SECURITY AGREEMENTS 
  
 Section 10.01. Security Agreements. 
  
 The due and punctual payment of the aggregate principal amount of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes when and as the same
shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest (to the extent permitted by law) on the Notes and performance of
all other obligations of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Holders of Notes or the Trustee under this Indenture, the Notes and the Indenture Guarantees, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be
secured as provided in (a) the FCC License Subsidiary Security Agreement and (b) the General Security Agreement. Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Agreements and the related
Intercreditor Agreements (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and authorizes and directs
the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Agreements and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Company, the Parent Guarantor and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall
deliver to the Trustee copies of all documents delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreements, and shall do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be required by the provisions of the Security Agreements, to
assure and confirm to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreements or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to
render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. The Company, the Parent Guarantor and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall take, or
shall cause its Subsidiaries to take, upon request of the Trustee, any and all actions required under the Security Agreements to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and each of the Subsidiary
Guarantors hereunder, under the Indenture Guarantees and under certain other Indebtedness, as applicable, a valid and enforceable perfected first priority Lien in and on all the Collateral, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the
Holders of Notes and the holders of such other Indebtedness, superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons and subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens. 
  
 Section 10.02. Recording and Opinions. 
  
 (a) The Company shall furnish to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Indenture an Opinion of Counsel either (i) stating
that, in the opinion of such counsel, all action has been taken with respect to the recording, registering and filing of this Indenture, financing statements or other instruments as is necessary to make effective the Liens intended to be created by
the Security Agreements and to perfect the Liens (to the extent perfection is required under the Security Agreements and possible by filing in the jurisdiction of organization), and reciting with respect to the security interests in the Collateral,
the details of such action, or (ii) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to make such Liens effective or perfected, in each case, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions. 
  

 74 

 (b) The Company shall furnish to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee within three months after each
anniversary of the date of the initial issuance of the Notes, beginning with 2005, an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of the date such opinion is delivered and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, either (i) (A) stating that, in the opinion
of such counsel, all action has been taken with respect to the recording, registering, filing, re-recording, re-registering and re-filing of all supplemental indentures, financing statements, continuation statements or other instruments of further
assurance as is necessary to maintain the effectiveness and perfection of the Liens of the Security Agreements (to the extent perfection is required under the Security Agreements and possible by filing in the jurisdiction of organization) and
reciting with respect to the security interests in the Collateral the details of such action or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, and (B) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, based on relevant laws as
in effect on the date of such Opinion of Counsel, what actions, if any, are necessary to maintain the effectiveness and perfection of such Liens during the succeeding 12 months (to the extent perfection is required under the Security Agreements and
possible by filing in the jurisdiction of organization), or (ii) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no action is necessary to maintain the effectiveness and perfection of such Liens as of such date (to the extent perfection is required
under the Security Agreements and possible by filing in the jurisdiction of organization). 
  
 (c) The Company shall otherwise comply with the provisions of TIA §314(b). 
  
 Section 10.03. Release of Collateral. 
  
 (a) Collateral may be released only in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreements. 
  
 (b) At any time when a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing and the maturity of the Notes shall have been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise) and the Trustee shall have delivered a notice of acceleration to the Collateral Agent, no release of Collateral pursuant to the provisions of
the Security Agreements or the Intercreditor Agreements shall be effective as against the Holders of Notes. 
  
 (c) The release of any Collateral from the terms of this Indenture and the Security Agreements and Intercreditor Agreements shall not be deemed to impair
the security under this Indenture and the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent on the remaining Collateral in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral is released pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreements
and the Intercreditor Agreements. To the extent applicable, the Company shall cause TIA § 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA § 314(d), relating to the release of property or securities from the Lien and security interest of the Security
Agreements and relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the Lien and security interest of the Security Agreements, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by TIA § 314(d) may be
made by an Officer of the Company except in cases where TIA § 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person shall be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected or approved by
the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care. 
  
 (d) At any
time that the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor may incur a Lien in accordance with this Indenture, and furnishes the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such incurrence complies with the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee
shall deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent setting forth such determination. 
  

 75 

 Section 10.04. Certificates of the Company. 
  
 The Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, prior to each proposed release of Collateral pursuant to
the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreements, (i) all documents required by TIA §314(d); and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel, which may be rendered by internal counsel to the Company, to the effect that such accompanying documents
constitute all documents required by TIA §314(d). The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such
documents. 
  
 Section 10.05. Certificates of the Trustee. 
  
 In the event that the Company wishes to obtain the Trustee’s
acknowledgement of a release Collateral in accordance with the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreements and has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Agreements, the Intercreditor Agreements and Sections 10.03
and 10.04 hereof, the Trustee shall determine whether it has received all documentation required by TIA § 314(d) in connection with such release and, based on such determination, shall deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent setting forth
such determination. 
  
 Section 10.06.
Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee Under the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreements. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders of Notes,
direct, on behalf of the Holders of Notes, the Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to (a) enforce any of the terms of the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreements and (b) collect and receive
any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder. The Trustee shall have power to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to
prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Agreements, the Intercreditor Agreements or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or
protect its interests and the interests of the Holders of Notes in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule
or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders of Notes or of the
Trustee). 
  
 Any action taken by the Trustee under either of the
Intercreditor Agreements with the vote or consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) shall constitute an action taken on behalf of all Holders for purposes of
determining the Required Secured Parties (as defined in such Intercreditor Agreement) or otherwise calculating the amount of indebtedness approving or consenting to a particular matter under such Intercreditor Agreement. 
  
 Section 10.07. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security
Agreements. 
  
 The Trustee is authorized to receive any
funds for the benefit of the Holders of Notes distributed under the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreements, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture.

  

 76 

 Section 10.08. Termination of Security Interest. 
  
 Upon the payment in full of all Obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, or upon Legal Defeasance, the
Trustee shall, at the request of the Company, deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 3.4 of the Intercreditor Agreements stating that such Obligations have been paid in full, and instruct the Collateral Agent to
release the rights and interests of the Trustee and the Holders with respect to the Liens pursuant to this Indenture and the Security Agreements. 
  
 ARTICLE 11. 
 INDENTURE GUARANTEES 

 
 Section 11.01. Indenture Guarantees. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of this Article 11, the Parent Guarantor and each
Subsidiary Guarantor, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, that: (a) the aggregate principal
amount of, and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes will be duly and punctually paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and interest on overdue aggregate principal amount of, and premium
if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes or the Security Agreements (including fees, expenses or
other) will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations the same will be promptly paid in
full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or failing performance of any other obligation of the
Company to the Holders, for whatever reason, the Parent Guarantor and each Subsidiary Guarantor will be obligated to pay or to perform or to cause the performance of, the same immediately. The Parent Guarantor and each Subsidiary Guarantee agree
that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under this Indenture Guarantee, and shall entitle the Holders of Notes to accelerate
the obligations of the Parent Guarantor and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the Company. The Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors each hereby agrees that its obligations
hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any thereof,
the entry of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the Parent Guarantor or a Subsidiary Guarantor. The Parent
Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors each hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company,
protest, notice and all demands whatsoever. The Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors each hereby covenant that this Indenture Guarantee will not be discharged except by payment in full of all principal, premium, if any, and interest on the
Notes and all other costs provided for under this Indenture, or as provided in Sections 12.01 and 11.04. 
  
 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to either the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Subsidiary Guarantors, or
any custodian, trustee, or similar official acting in relation to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Subsidiary Guarantors, any amount paid by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Trustee or such Holder, the
Indenture Guarantees, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. The Parent 
  

 77 

 Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors each agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation
to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. The Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors each agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes
and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes hereof, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by
the Parent Guarantor and such Subsidiary Guarantor for the purpose of this Indenture Guarantee. 
  
 Section 11.02. Execution and Delivery of Indenture Guarantees. 
  
 To evidence the Indenture Guarantees set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors each agrees that a notation of
the Indenture Guarantees substantially in the form included in Exhibit G shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of the Parent Guarantor and each of the Subsidiary
Guarantors by the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman, the President or one of the Vice Presidents of the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable. 
  
 The Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors each agrees that the Indenture Guarantees set forth in this Article 11
will remain in full force and effect and apply to all the Notes notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of the Indenture Guarantees. 
  
 If an Officer whose facsimile signature is on this Indenture or on an Indenture Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note on which the Indenture Guarantees are endorsed, the Indenture Guarantees shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Indenture Guarantees set forth
in this Indenture on behalf of the Parent Guarantor and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors. 
  
 Section 11.03. Subsidiary Guarantors may Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms. 
  
 (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 hereof, no Subsidiary Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets
to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, unless: 
  
 (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
Default or Event of Default exists; and 
  
 (ii)
either: 
  
 (A) subject to Section 11.05 hereof,
the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and its Indenture
Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or 
  

 78 

 (B) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof. 
  
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee,
of the Indenture Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Subsidiary Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted
for the Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Indenture Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable
hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Indenture Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Indenture Guarantees
theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Indenture Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
  
 (b) Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses ii(A) and (B) above, nothing contained in
this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor with or into the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Subsidiary Guarantor as an
entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  
 (c) The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 13.04, shall receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, and
any such assumption of Obligations, comply with the provisions of this Section 11.03. Such certificate and opinion shall comply with the provisions of Section 13.05. 
  
 Section 11.04. Releases. 
  
 (a) In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation
or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, then such Subsidiary Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of
a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Indenture Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other
disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence
the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Indenture Guarantee. 
  
 (b) Upon designation of any Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, such Subsidiary Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Indenture Guarantee. 
  

 79 

 (c) Upon legal defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture in accordance with Article 12 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Indenture Guarantee. 
  
 Any Subsidiary Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Indenture Guarantee as provided in this Section 11.05 will remain liable for the full
amount of principal of and interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11. 
  
 Section 11.05. Addition of Subsidiary Guarantors. 
  
 (a) The Company shall cause any Person that becomes a Material Subsidiary of
the Company at any time on or after the date hereof to reasonably promptly become a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder. 
  
 (b) If the Company is required to cause a Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 11.05, the Company shall
cause such Subsidiary to (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Company’s
Obligations under the Notes on the terms set forth in this Indenture, (2) execute and deliver to the Trustee the General Security Agreement (or an accession or joinder agreement thereto) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
and (3) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that such supplemental indenture has been duly executed and delivered by such Subsidiary. 
  
 Section 11.06. Limitation of Parent Guarantor’s and Subsidiary Guarantor’s Liability. 
  
 Each of the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors, and by its
acceptance hereof each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, pursuant to its Indenture Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent
transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders, the Parent Guarantor and
each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of the Parent Guarantor and each Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 11 shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed
liabilities of the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of the Parent Guarantor or any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations
of the Parent Guarantor or such other Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture Guarantee of the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor not
constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  
 Section 11.07. Application of Certain Terms and Provisions to the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors. 
  
 (a) For purposes of any provision of this Indenture that provides for the delivery by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor of an
Officers’ Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel, the definitions of such terms in Section 1.01 shall apply to the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, as if references therein to the Company were references to the
Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor, respectively. 
  

 80 

 (b) Any request, direction, order or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is to be made by the
Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor, shall be sufficient if evidenced as described in Section 13.02 as if references therein to the Company were references to the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable. 
  
 (c) Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required
or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the holders of Notes to or on the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor may be given or served as described in Section 13.02 as if references therein to Company were references to the
Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  
 (d) Upon any
demand, request or application by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, shall furnish to the Trustee such
certificates and opinions as are required in Section 13.04 as if all references therein to the Company were references to the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable 
  
 ARTICLE 12. 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
  
 Section 12.01. Satisfaction and
Discharge. 
  
 This Indenture will be discharged and will
cease to be of further effect as to all Notes and Indenture Guarantees issued hereunder, when: 
  
 (1) either: 
  

	 	(a)	 	all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in
trust and thereafter repaid to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

  

	 	(b)	 	all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due
and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government
Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal,
premium, and Liquidated Damages, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 

  

	(2)	 	no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default
resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the
Company or any Guarantor is bound; 

  

	(3)	 	the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 

  

 81 

	(4)	 	the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption
date, as the case may be. 

  
 In addition, the Company must deliver
an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
  

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this
Section 12.01, the provisions of Section 12.02 and Section 8.06 shall survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 12.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 12.02. Application of Trust Money.

  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company
acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such
money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or
governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred
pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be
subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE 13. 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
  
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the
duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the duties imposed by TIA §318(c) shall control. 
  

 82 

 Section 13.02. Notices. 
  

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by
first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
  
 If to the Company: 
  
 XM Satellite Radio Inc. 
 1500 Eckington
Place, N.E. 
 Washington, D.C. 20002 
 Facsimile No.: (202) 380-4534 
 Attention: Joseph Titlebaum / Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 
  
 If to the Parent Guarantor: 
  
 XM Satellite Radio Holdings, Inc. 
 1500 Eckington Place, N.E. 
 Washington, D.C.
20002 
 Facsimile No.: (202) 380-4534 
 Attention: Joseph Titlebaum / Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 
  
 In each case with a copy to: 
  
 Hogan & Hartson, L.L.P. 
 555 Thirteenth
Street, N.W. 
 Washington D.C. 20004 
 Facsimile No.: (202) 637-5910 
 Attention: Steven M. Kaufman, Esq. 
  
 If to the Trustee: 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street

 New York, NY 10286 
 Facsimile
No.: (212) 815-5707 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 
  
 The Company, the Parent Guarantor, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional
or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if
mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
  
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail,
certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in
TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
  
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within
the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
  

 83 

 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each
Agent at the same time. 
  
 Section 13.03. Communication by Holders of Notes
with Other Holders of Notes. 
  
 Holders may communicate
pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Parent Guarantor, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA
§ 312(c). 
  
 Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions
Precedent. 
  
 Upon any request or application by the
Company, the Parent Guarantor and/or any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company, the Parent Guarantor and/or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been satisfied; and 
  
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include theF statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

  
 Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

  
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance
with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 
  
 (c) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read
such covenant or condition; 
  
 (d) a brief statement as to the
nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (e) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express
an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
  
 (f) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
  
 Section 13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
  
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable
requirements for its functions. 
  
 Section 13.07. No Personal Liability of
Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
  
 No past,
present or future director, officer, employee, agent, incorporator, member, manager, partner or stockholder of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor as such, shall 
  

 84 

 have any liability for any obligations of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes,
this Indenture, the Indenture Guarantees or the Security Agreements or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  
 Section
13.08. Governing Law. 
  
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE INDENTURE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE
REQUIRED THEREBY. THE COMPANY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR
PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. 
  

Section 13.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
  
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any
such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  
 Section 13.10. Successors. 
  
 All agreements of
the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture, the Notes and the Indenture Guarantees shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors 
  
 Section 13.11. Severability. 
  
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 Section 13.12. Counterpart Originals. 
  
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

  
 Section 13.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
  
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles
and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 85 

 SIGNATURES 
  
 Dated as of April 20, 2004 
  

			
	 XM SATELLITE RADIO INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Joseph M. Titlebaum

	 	 	 Name:    Joseph M. Titlebaum

	 	 	 Title:      Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

	
	 XM SATELLITE RADIO HOLDINGS INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Joseph M. Titlebaum

	 	 	 Name:    Joseph M. Titlebaum

	 	 	 Title:      Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Barbara A. Bevelaqua

	 	 	 Name:    Barbara A. Bevelaqua

	 	 	 Title:      Vice President

  

 86 

 [EXHIBIT A] 
  
 [Face of Note] 

 [CUSIP (144A Note) 
 ISIN (144A Note) 
 CUSIP (Reg S Note) 
 ISIN (Reg S Note)] 
  
 Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2009 
  
 No. 1 
  
 XM SATELLITE RADIO INC. 
  
 promises to pay to
                     or registered assigns,  
  

the principal sum of
$                                        
                                        
                
(                                 Dollars) [(or such other principal amount
indicated on the Schedule attached) [if a Global Note]] on             , 2009. 
  
 Interest Payment Dates:                     ,
                    ,
                     and
                     
  
 Record Dates:                     ,
                    ,
                     and
                     
  
 Dated:                      
  

			
	 XM SATELLITE RADIO INC.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  
 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK
as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	Authorized Signatory

  

  

 A-1 

 [Back of Note] 
 Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2009 
  
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 1. INTEREST. XM Satellite Radio Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the Applicable Eurodollar Rate from
                    , 200    , until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages payable pursuant to Section 6 of
the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Liquidated Damages quarterly in arrears on             ,
            ,              and             , of
each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has
been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment
Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be             ,
20        . The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a
rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, (without regard
to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on
the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the             ,
            ,              and              next
preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes
will be payable as to principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect
to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders owning $1.0 million or more in aggregate principal amount thereof, which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the
Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
  
 3. PAYING AGENT AND
REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or
any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
  
 4.
INDENTURE AND SECURITY AGREEMENTS. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 20, 2004 (“Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors
and the Trustee. The terms 
  

 A-2 

 of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note
conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are secured obligations of the Company. The Notes are secured by a pledge of the Collateral pursuant to the Security
Agreements referred to in the Indenture. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 
  
 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. The Company will have the option to redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not
less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice from the date hereof through April 30, 2005 at a redemption price equal to 102% of the principal amount, and thereafter at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth
below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and Liquidated Damages if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2005
	  	101	%
	 2006 and thereafter
	  	100	%

  
 Unless the Company
defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
  
 6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company shall not be required to make
mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 7. REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER. 
  
 (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”)
to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control,
the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
  
 (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds
exceeds $10 million, the Company shall commence an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to all Holders of Notes and all holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with
respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount (or, if applicable, accreted value) of Notes (including Additional Notes) and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be
purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in
accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the
Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such difference for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) and such other Pari Passu
Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the 
  

 A-3 

 amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes (including Additional Notes) and such other Pari Passu
Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount (or, if applicable, accreted value) of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive
an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 
  
 8. NOTICE OF
REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed, in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Indenture, at least 10 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date and otherwise at least 30 days
but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the
Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
  
 9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons
in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note
selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to
be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner
for all purposes. 
  
 11. AMENDMENT,
SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes, the Indenture Guarantees, the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreements may be amended or
supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing default or compliance with any
provision of the Indenture, the Notes, the Indenture Guarantees, the Security Agreements or the Intercreditor Agreements may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes,
including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) each of the Security Agreements may also be amended pursuant to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreement without the consent of the Holders
of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes, and (b) any existing default or event of default under either of the Security Agreements, and compliance with any provision of either of the Security Agreements, may be waived
pursuant to the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreement without the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes, the
Indenture Guarantees, the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreements may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to
alter the provisions of Article 2 of the Indenture (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders
of the Notes and the Indenture Guarantees by a successor in the case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights
under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the 
  

 A-4 

 SEC or in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to conform the text of the
Indenture, the Indenture Guarantees, the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreements or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated
            , 200    , relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was
intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Indenture Guarantees, the Security Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreements or the Notes, to provide for the Issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations
set forth in the Indenture, or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes. 
  
 12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the
payment when due of interest or Liquidated Damages on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an
offer to purchase) or otherwise, (iii) failure by the Company to comply with the provisions of Section 5.01 of the Indenture, the failure by the Company to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer in accordance with the provisions of Section
4.14 of the Indenture or the failure of the Company to make or consummate an Asset Sale Offer in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, for 60 days after
notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with certain other agreements in the Indenture or the
Notes, the Indenture Guarantees, the Security Agreements or the Intercreditor Agreements; (v) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company which default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its
express maturity or is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default; (vi) certain final judgments
for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; (viii) the Security Agreements or the Intercreditor
Agreements shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect and (ix) any Indenture Guarantee shall be held in a judicial proceeding to be enforceable or invalid or
shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and
payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the
Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may
withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture
except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is
required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  
 13. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any
other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
  

 A-5 

 14. NO RECOURSE AGAINST
OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company, the
Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture, the Indenture Guarantees or the Security Agreements or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting
a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
  
 15. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an
authenticating agent. 
  
 16.
ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  
 17. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED
GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of
Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 20, 2004, between the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages
thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other
parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). 
  
 18. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  
 19. PARENT GUARANTOR AND SUBSIDIARY
GUARANTORS. Payment of principal amount of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest (including interest on overdue principal amount, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, if lawful) is
unconditionally guaranteed by the Parent Guarantor and each Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Article 11 of the Indenture. 
  
 20. GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS
NOTE AND THE INDENTURE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. THE COMPANY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT,
ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. 
  

 A-6 

 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture
and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
  
 XM Satellite Radio Inc. 
 1500 Eckington Place, N.E. 
 Washington, D.C. 20002 
 Facsimile No.: (202) 380-4534 
 Attention: Joseph Titlebaum / Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 
  

 A-7 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

	 (Insert assignee’s legal name)

	  

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	  
  

	  

	  

	  

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

  
 and irrevocably appoint
                                       
                                        
                                        
                       to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 
 Date:
                     
  

			
	 Your Signature:
	 	  

	                      (Sign exactly as your name appears on
the face of this Note)

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee*:
	 	  

  

	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-8 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT
PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  
  ̈ Section
4.10                                        
                  ̈ Section 4.14 
  
 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  
 $                                 
  
 Date:
                                     
  

			
	 Your Signature:
	 	  

	                        (Sign exactly as your name
appears on the face of this Note)
	
	 Tax Identification No.:

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee*:
	 	  

  

	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-9 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 
  
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in
another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of exchange

	 	 Amount of decrease
 in Principal Amount
[at maturity] of this
Global Note

	 	 Amount of increase
 in Principal Amount
 [at maturity] of this
Global Note

	  	 Principal Amount
[at maturity] of this
Global Note
 following
 such
decrease
 (or increase)

	  	Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or Note
Custodian

  
  
  
  

	*	 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

 A-10 

 EXHIBIT B 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  
 XM Satellite Radio Inc. 
 1500 Eckington Place, N.E. 
 Washington, D.C. 20002 
 Facsimile No.: (202) 380-4534 
 Attention: Joseph Titlebaum / Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street

 New York, NY 10286 
 Facsimile No.: (212) 815-5707 

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 
  
 Re:  Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2009 of XM Satellite Radio Inc. 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2004 (the “Indenture”), between XM
Satellite Radio Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                                 , (the “Transferor”)
owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
$                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                                        
(the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
  
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
  
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will
take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is
purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional
buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed
Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the
Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted
Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not
being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee
was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged
with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling 
  

 B-1 

 efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the
Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not
being made to a U.S. Person or the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive
Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or
Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act
and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
  
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (b)
 ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
  
 or 
  
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not
engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes
and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a
copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the
transfer 
  

 B-2 

 restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and
(ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in
compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are
not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  

(c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to
Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

	
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]

  

			
	 By:

	   Name:
	 	 
	   Title:
	 	 

  
 Dated:
                     
  

 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  

	 	1.	 	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

  
 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note (CUSIP
            ) 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
            ) 

  

	 	(c)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

  

	 	2.	 	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

  
 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP
            ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

  

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

  
 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  

 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
  
 XM Satellite Radio Inc. 
 1500 Eckington Place, N.E. 
 Washington, D.C. 20002 
 Facsimile No.: (202) 380-4534 
 Attention: Joseph Titlebaum / Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street

 New York, NY 10286 
 Facsimile No.: (212) 815-5707 

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 
  
 Re: Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2009 of XM Satellite Radio Inc. 
  
 CUSIP (144A Note)
                     
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2004 (the “Indenture”), between XM Satellite Radio Inc., as issuer (the
“Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                                       
  , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of
$                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby
certifies that: 
  
 1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive
Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with
the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  

 C-1 

 EXHIBIT C 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted
Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection
with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States. 
  
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued
will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest
in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note  ̈
Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the
transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the
proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

 C-2 

 EXHIBIT C 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

	
	

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
	
	 By:

	   Name:

	   Title:

  
 Dated:
                                     
  
  

 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
  
 XM Satellite Radio Inc. 
 1500 Eckington Place, N.E. 
 Washington, D.C. 20002 
 Facsimile No.: (202) 380-4534 
 Attention: Joseph Titlebaum / Executive Vice
President, General Counsel and Secretary 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street 
 New York, NY 10286 
 Facsimile No.: (212) 815-5707 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

  
 Re: Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2009 of XM
Satellite Radio Inc. 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the
Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2004 (the “Indenture”), between XM Satellite Radio Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
 In connection with our proposed purchase of $             aggregate principal amount of: 
  

	 	(a)   ̈	 	a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

  

	 	(b)   ̈	 	a Definitive Note, 

  
 we confirm that: 
  
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the
Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”). 
  
 2. We
understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and
on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities
Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to
you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United
States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree
to provide to any person 
  

 D-1 

 purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements
of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
  
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such
certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to
the foregoing effect. 
  
 4. We are an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of
our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
  
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an
institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
  
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party
in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

	
	

	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
	
	 By:

	   Name:

	   Title:

  
 Dated:
                                     
  
  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
  
 [FORM OF GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT] 
  

 E-1 

 EXHIBIT F 
  
 [FORM OF FCC LICENSE SUBSIDIARY PLEDGE AGREEMENT] 
  

 F-1 

 EXHIBIT G 
  
 FORM OF INDENTURE GUARANTEE 
  
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed,
to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of                 , 200     (the
“Indenture”) among
                                        
            , (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of
the principal of, premium [and Liquidated Damages], if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if
any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes
or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors
to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. 

 
 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to
them in the Indenture. 
  

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]
		
	  
 By:
	 	  
  

	 	 	                                        
         Name:

	 	 	                                        
           Title:

  

 G-1 

 EXHIBIT H 
  
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE
DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS] 
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
                                , 200    , among
                                 (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”),
a subsidiary of                                      (or its
permitted successor), a [Delaware] corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
  
 W I T N E S S E T H 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an
indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of April 20, 2004 providing for the issuance of Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2009 (the “Notes”); 
  
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to
the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the
“Indenture Guarantee”); and 
  
 WHEREAS, pursuant
to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
  
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the
Indenture. 
  
 2. AGREEMENT TO
GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11
thereof. 
  
 4. NO RECOURSE
AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any
Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note
waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  
 5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together
represent the same agreement. 
  

 H-1 

 EXHIBIT H 
  
 7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof. 
  
 8. THE
TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are
made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 
  

 H-2 

 EXHIBIT H 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date first above written. 
  
 Dated:
            , 20         
  

			
	 [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

	
	 [COMPANY]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

	
	 [EXISTING GUARANTORS]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
as
Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  

 H-3EXHIBIT 4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 
  

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 April 20, 2004 
  

  
 by and among 
  
 XM SATELLITE RADIO INC.,

 XM SATELLITE RADIO HOLDINGS INC., 
  
 and 
  
 BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. 
 BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC 
 CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. 
 MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE FENNER & SMITH 
 INCORPORATED 
 UBS SECURITIES LLC 
  

 This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of April 20,
2004, by and among XM Satellite Radio Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), XM Satellite Radio Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Guarantor”), Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC,
Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC, (each, an “Initial Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”), each of whom have agreed to purchase the
Company’s Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2009 (the “Series A Notes”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). 
  
 This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated April 15, 2004, (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company and the
Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Series A Notes, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the
obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 8(m) of the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture, dated April 20, 2004, between the Company,
the Guarantor and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes (the “Indenture”). 
  
 The parties hereby agree as follows: 
  
 SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS 
  
 As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 
  
 Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 Affiliate: As defined in Rule 144 of the Act. 
  
 Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the
Exchange Act. 
  
 Business Day: Any day except a
Saturday, Sunday or other day in the City of New York, or in the city of the corporate trust office of the Trustee, on which banks are authorized to close. 
  
 Certificated Securities: Definitive Notes, as defined in the Indenture. 
  
 Closing Date: The date hereof. 
  
 Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 Consummate: An Exchange Offer shall be deemed
“Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (a) the filing and effectiveness under the Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Series B Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (b) the
maintenance of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and (c) the delivery by the Company to the
Registrar under the Indenture of Series B Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Series A Notes tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 
  

 1 

 Consummation Deadline: As defined in Section 3(b) hereof. 
  
 Effectiveness Deadline: As defined in Section 3(a) and 4(a)
hereof. 
  
 Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 Exchange Offer: The
exchange and issuance by the Company of a principal amount of Series B Notes (which shall be registered pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) equal to the outstanding principal amount of Series A Notes that are tendered by such
Holders in connection with such exchange and issuance. 
  
 Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus. 
  
 Exempt Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers propose to sell the Series A Notes to certain “qualified institutional
buyers,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Act and pursuant to Regulation S under the Act. 
  
 Filing Deadline: As defined in Sections 3(a) and 4(a) hereof. 
  
 Holders: As defined in Section 2 hereof. 
  
 Notes: The Series A and Series B Notes. 
  
 Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement at the time such Registration Statement is
declared effective, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 
  
 Recommencement Date: As defined in Section 7(d) hereof.

  
 Registration Default: As defined in Section 5
hereof. 
  
 Registration Statement: Any registration
statement of the Company and the Guarantor relating to (a) an offering of Series B Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case,
(i) that is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference
therein. 
  
 Regulation S: Regulation S as
promulgated under the Act. 
  
 Rule 144: Rule 144
promulgated under the Act. 
  

 2 

 Series B Notes: The Company’s Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2009 to be issued
pursuant to the Indenture: (i) in the Exchange Offer or (ii) as contemplated by Section 4 hereof. 
  
 Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4 hereof. 
  
 Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 7(d) hereof. 
  
 TIA: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture. 
  
 Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Series A Note, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Series A Note is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for a Series B Note which is entitled to be resold to the public by
the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Act, (b) the date on which such Series A Note has been disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement (and the purchasers thereof have been issued
Series B Notes), or (c) the date on which such Note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act (and purchasers thereof have been issued Series B Notes) and each Series B Note until the date on which such Series B Note is
disposed of by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including the delivery of the Prospectus contained therein). 
  
 SECTION 2. HOLDERS 
  
 A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such
Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities. 
  
 SECTION 3. REGISTERED EXCHANGE
OFFER 
  
 (a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be
permitted by applicable federal law (after the procedures set forth in Section 7(a)(i) below have been complied with), the Company and the Guarantor shall (i) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be filed with the Commission as soon as
practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event later than 90 days after the Closing Date (such 90th day being the “Filing Deadline”), (ii) use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer
Registration Statement to become effective at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than 180 days after the Closing Date (such 180th day being the “Effectiveness Deadline”), (iii) in connection with the foregoing,
(A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause it to become effective, (B) file, if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement
pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act and (C) cause all necessary filings, if any, in connection with the registration and qualification of the Series B Notes to be made under the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit
Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, commence and Consummate the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting (x) registration of the
Series B Notes to be offered in exchange for the Series A Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities and (y) resales of Series B Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered into the Exchange Offer for Series A Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for
its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities (other than Series A Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) as contemplated by Section 3(c) below. 
  

 3 

 (b) The Company and the Guarantor shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously, and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer;
provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days. The Company and the Guarantor shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the
Series B Notes shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantor shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement has become effective, but in no event later than 30 Business Days thereafter (such 30th day being the “Consummation Deadline”). 
  
 (c) The Company shall include a “Plan of Distribution” section in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and indicate therein that any Broker-Dealer who holds Transfer
Restricted Securities that were acquired for the account of such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Series A Notes acquired directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company), may
exchange such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such sales by such Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in
order to permit such sales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer, except to the extent required by
the Commission as a result of a change in policy, rules or regulations after the date of this Agreement. See the Shearman & Sterling no-action letter (available July 2, 1993). 
  
 Because such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and must, therefore,
deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Act in connection with its initial sale of any Series B Notes received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantor shall permit the use of the Prospectus contained
in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by such Broker-Dealer to satisfy such prospectus delivery requirement. To the extent necessary to ensure that the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is available for sales
of Series B Notes by Broker-Dealers, the Company and the Guarantor agree to use their respective reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented, amended and current as required by and
subject to the provisions of Section 7(a) and (c) hereof and in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of one year from the
Consummation Deadline or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto. The Company and the Guarantor shall promptly provide sufficient copies of
the latest version of such Prospectus to such Broker-Dealers, promptly upon request, and in no event later than one day after such request, at any time during such period. 
  

 4 

 SECTION 4. SHELF REGISTRATION 
  
 (a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law (after the Company and the
Guarantor have complied with the procedures set forth in Section 7(a)(i) below) or (ii) if any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall notify the Company within 20 Business Days following the Consummation Deadline that (A) such Holder was
prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer or (B) such Holder may not resell the Series B Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the Prospectus contained in
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Series A Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates, then the Company
and the Guarantor shall: 
  
 (x) use their
respective reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed, on or prior to 30 days after the earlier of (1) the date on which the Company determines that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement cannot be filed as a result of clause (a)(i) above and
(2) the date on which the Company receives the notice specified in clause (a)(ii) above, (such earlier date, the “Filing Deadline”), a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act (which may be an amendment
to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”)), relating to all Transfer Restricted Securities, and 
  

(y) use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective on or prior to 120 days
after the Filing Deadline for the Shelf Registration Statement (such 120th day the “Effectiveness
Deadline”). 
  
 If, after the Company has filed an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement that satisfies the requirements of Section 3(a) above, the Company is required to file and make effective a Shelf Registration Statement solely because the Exchange Offer is not permitted under applicable
federal law (i.e., clause (a)(i) above), then the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of clause (x) above; provided that, in such event, the Company shall remain obligated to meet
the Effectiveness Deadline set forth in clause (y). 
  
 To the
extent necessary to ensure that the Shelf Registration Statement is available for sales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders thereof entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a) and the other securities required to be registered therein
pursuant to Section 7(b)(ii) hereof, the Company and the Guarantor shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Section 4(a) continuously effective, supplemented, amended and current as
required by and subject to the provisions of Sections 7(b) and (c) hereof and in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of at
least two years (as extended pursuant to Section 7(d) following the Closing Date, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto.

  

 5 

 (b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration
Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within
20 days after receipt of a request therefor, the information specified in Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, of the Act for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary prospectus included
therein. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall be entitled to liquidated damages pursuant to Section 6 hereof unless and until such Holder shall have provided all such information. Each selling Holder agrees to promptly furnish
additional information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading. 
  

SECTION 5. BLACK OUT PERIOD 
  
 During any consecutive 365 day period, the Company may suspend the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement on up to two consecutive 45-day
periods if there is a possible acquisition or business combination or other transaction, business development or event involving the Company that may require disclosure in the Shelf Registration Statement and the Board of Directors of the Company
determines in the exercise of its reasonable judgment that such disclosure is not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders or obtaining any financial statements relating to an acquisition or business combination required to be
included in the Shelf Registration Statement would be impracticable. In such a case, the Company shall promptly notify the Holders of the suspension of the Shelf Registration Statement’s effectiveness, provided that such notice shall not
require the Company to disclose the possible acquisition or business combination or other transaction, business development or event if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that such acquisition or business combination or
other transaction, business development or event should remain confidential. Upon the abandonment, consummation, or termination of the possible acquisition or business combination or other transaction, business development or event, or the
availability of the required financial statements with respect to a possible acquisition or business combination, the suspension of the use of the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 5 shall cease and the Company shall promptly
comply with Section 7(b)(ii) hereof and notify the Holders that disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities may be resumed. 
  
 SECTION 6. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 
  
 If (i) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the applicable Filing Deadline, (ii) any such
Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the applicable Effectiveness Deadline, (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated on or prior to the Consummation Deadline or (iv) any Registration
Statement required by this Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose without being succeeded as promptly as reasonably practicable by a post-effective amendment
to such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself declared effective thereafter (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default”), then the Company and the Guarantor
hereby jointly and severally agree to pay to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities affected thereby liquidated damages in an amount equal to $.05 per week 
  

 6 

 per $1,000 in principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder for each week or portion thereof
that the Registration Default continues for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default. The amount of the liquidated damages shall increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 in principal amount
of Transfer Restricted Securities with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of liquidated damages of $.30 per week per $1,000 in principal amount of Transfer Restricted
Securities; provided that the Company and the Guarantor shall in no event be required to pay liquidated damages for more than one Registration Default at any given time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (1) upon
filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement, in the case of (i) above, (2) upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement, in the case of (ii)
above, (3) upon Consummation of the Exchange Offer, in the case of (iii) above, or (4) upon the filing of a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or an additional Registration Statement that causes the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement to again be declared effective or made usable in the case of (iv) above, the liquidated damages payable with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities as a result of such clause (i), (ii), (iii) or
(iv), as applicable, shall cease. No other monetary damages shall be available to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities for a Registration Default. 
  
 All accrued liquidated damages shall be paid to the Holders entitled thereto, in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Indenture, on each
Interest Payment Date, as more fully set forth in the Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the fact that any securities for which liquidated damages are due cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities, all obligations of the Company and the
Guarantor to pay liquidated damages with respect to such Transfer Restricted Securities shall survive until such time as such obligations with respect to such Transfer Restricted Securities shall have been satisfied in full. 
  
 SECTION 7. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES 
  
 (a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the
Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantor shall (x) comply with all applicable provisions of Section 7(c) below, (y) use their respective reasonable best efforts to effect such exchange and to permit the resale of Series B Notes by
Broker-Dealers that tendered in the Exchange Offer Series A Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of its market making activities or other trading activities (other than Series A Notes acquired directly from the
Company or any of its Affiliates) being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and (z) comply with all of the following provisions: 
  
 (i) If, following the date hereof there has been announced a change in Commission policy with respect to
exchange offers such as the Exchange Offer, that in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company raises a substantial question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable federal law, the Company and the Guarantor hereby agree to
seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and the Guarantor to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Transfer Restricted Securities. The Company and the Guarantor hereby agree to pursue the issuance
of such a decision to the Commission staff level. In 
  

 7 

 connection with the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantor hereby agree to take all such other actions
as may be requested by the Commission or otherwise required in connection with the issuance of such decision, including without limitation (A) participating in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) delivering to the Commission staff an
analysis prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursuing a resolution (which need not be favorable) by the
Commission staff. 
  
 (ii) As a condition to its
participation in the Exchange Offer, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Holder who is a Broker Dealer) shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation of the Exchange Offer, a
written representation to the Company and the Guarantor (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an Affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not
engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Series B Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Series B Notes in its
ordinary course of business. As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer each Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Series B Notes shall acknowledge and agree that, if the resales are of Series B Notes
obtained by such Holder in exchange for Series A Notes acquired directly from the Company or an Affiliate thereof, it (1) could not, under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement, rely on the position of the Commission
enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993,
and similar no-action letters (including, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with a secondary resale
transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K. 
  
 (iii) Prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor shall provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company and the Guarantor are registering the Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission enunciated in
Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and, if applicable,
any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above, (B) including a representation that the Company and the Guarantor have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any Person to distribute the Series B Notes to be received in
the Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Company’s and the Guarantor’s information and belief, each Holder participating in the Exchange Offer is acquiring the Series B Notes in its ordinary course of business and has no arrangement
or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Series B Notes received in the Exchange Offer and (C) any other undertaking or representation required by the Commission as set forth in any no-action letter obtained
pursuant to clause (i) above, if applicable. 
  

 8 

 (b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company
and the Guarantor shall: 
  
 (i) comply with all
the provisions of Section 7(c) below and use their respective reasonable best efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution
thereof (as indicated in the information furnished to the Company pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof), and pursuant thereto the Company and the Guarantor will prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on
any appropriate form under the Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof within the time periods and otherwise in accordance with
the provisions hereof, and 
  
 (ii) issue, upon
the request of any Holder or purchaser of Series A Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, Series B Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Series A Notes sold
pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and surrendered to the Company for cancellation; the Company shall register Series B Notes on the Shelf Registration Statement for this purpose and issue the Series B Notes to the purchasers of securities
subject to the Shelf Registration Statement in the names as such purchasers shall designate. 
  
 (c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any related Prospectus required by this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantor shall: 
  
 (i) use their respective reasonable best efforts to keep
such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement, as applicable. Upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration
Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer
Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantor shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement curing such defect, and, if Commission review is required, use their
respective reasonable best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective as soon as practicable; 
  
 (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be
necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as the case may be; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act, and to comply fully with Rules 424, 430A and 462, as applicable, under the Act 
  

 9 

 in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all
securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

  
 (iii) advise each Holder, and the Initial
Purchasers, if required to deliver a prospectus in connection with sales or market making activities promptly and, if requested by such Holder, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective
amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any applicable Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or
amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Act or of the suspension by any
state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening
of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions
to or changes in the Registration Statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall
issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company and the Guarantor shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to obtain the
withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time; 
  
 (iv) subject to Section 7(c)(i), if any fact or event contemplated by Section 7(c)(iii)(D) above shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related
Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; 
  

(v) furnish to each Holder required to deliver a prospectus in connection with such exchange or sale, if any, before filing with the
Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such
Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Holders in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five Business Days, and the Company will not 
  

 10 

 file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such
Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which such Holders shall reasonably object within five Business Days after the receipt thereof. A Holder shall be deemed to have reasonably objected to
such filing if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading or fails to comply with the applicable requirements of the Act; 
  
 (vi) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to each Holder required to deliver a Prospectus in
connection with such exchange or sale, if any, make the Company’s and the Guarantor’s representatives available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior
to the filing thereof as such Holders may reasonably request; 
  
 (vii) make available, at reasonable times, for inspection by each Holder required to deliver a Prospectus and any attorney or accountant retained by such Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate
documents of the Company and the Guarantor and cause the Company’s and the Guarantor’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, attorney or accountant in connection with such
Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness; 
  
 (viii) if requested by any Holders required to deliver a Prospectus in connection with such exchange or, promptly include in any
Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such Holders may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the
“Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be included in
such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 
  
 (ix) furnish to each Holder in connection with such exchange or sale, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including all
documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference); 
  
 (x) deliver to each Holder without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or
supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Company and the Guarantor hereby consent to the use (in accordance with law) of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each selling Holder in connection with the
offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; 
  

 11 

 (xi) upon the request of any Holder required to deliver a Prospectus, enter into such
agreements (including underwriting agreements) and make such representations and warranties and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to
any applicable Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement as may be reasonably requested by any Holder in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any applicable Registration Statement. In such connection, the Company and the
Guarantor shall: 
  
 (A) upon request of any such
Holder, furnish (or in the case of paragraphs (2) and (3), use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause to be furnished) to each such Holder, upon Consummation of the Exchange Offer or upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration
Statement, as the case may be: 
  
 (1) a
certificate, dated such date, signed on behalf of the Company and the Guarantor by (x) the President or any Vice President and (y) a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company and the Guarantor, confirming, as of the date thereof,
among other matters, the matters set forth in Sections 8(a), 8(b), 8(c) and 8(d) of the Purchase Agreement and such other similar matters as such Holders may reasonably request; 
  
 (2) an opinion, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the
Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the Company and the Guarantor covering matters similar to those set forth in Sections 8(f) and 8(g) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matter as such Holder may reasonably
request, and in any event including a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company and the Guarantor, representatives of the independent public accountants for the
Company and the Guarantor and have considered the matters required to be stated therein and the statements contained therein, although such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements; and that
such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing (relying as to materiality to the extent such counsel deems appropriate upon the statements of officers and other representatives of the Company and the Guarantor and without independent check
or verification), no facts came to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the applicable Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective and, in
the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as of the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date and, in the case of the opinion dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, as of the date of Consummation, contained an
untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may
state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules and other financial data included in any Registration
Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and 
  

 12 

 (3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, or
as of the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, from the Company’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters to underwriters
in connection with underwritten offerings, and affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 8(h) of the Purchase Agreement; and 
  
 (B) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such Holder to evidence
compliance with the matters covered in clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in the agreement entered into by the Company and the Guarantor pursuant to this clause (xi); 
  
 (xii) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted
Securities, cooperate with the Holders and their counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Holders may request and do any
and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the
Guarantor shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions
relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject; 
  
 (xiii) in connection with any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities that will result in such securities no longer being Transfer
Restricted Securities, cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and to register such Transfer
Restricted Securities in such denominations and such names as the Holders may request at least two Business Days prior to such sale of Transfer Restricted Securities; 
  
 (xiv) use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the disposition of the Transfer Restricted
Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Transfer
Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in clause (xii) above; 
  
 (xv) provide a CUSIP number for all Transfer Restricted Securities not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement covering
such Transfer Restricted Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for the Transfer Restricted Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company; 
  
 (xvi) otherwise use their respective best efforts to comply
with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders with regard to any applicable Registration Statement, as soon as practicable, a 
  

 13 

 consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) covering
a twelve-month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as such term is defined in paragraph (c) of Rule 158 under the Act); and 
  
 (xvii) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the first
Registration Statement required by this Agreement and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms
of the TIA; and execute and use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable
such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner. 
  
 (d)
Restrictions on Holders. Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of the notice referred to in Section 7(c)(iii)(C) or any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind
described in Section 7(c)(iii)(D) hereof (in each case, a “Suspension Notice”), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until (i)
such Holder has received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 7(c)(iv) hereof, or (ii) such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any
additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus (in each case, the “Recommencement Date”). Each Holder receiving a Suspension Notice hereby agrees that it will either (i) destroy any
Prospectuses, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession which have been replaced by the Company with more recently dated Prospectuses or (ii) deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than
permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The time period regarding the effectiveness of such
Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days in the period from and including the date of delivery of the Suspension Notice to the date of delivery of the
Recommencement Date. 
  
 SECTION 8. REGISTRATION EXPENSES 
  
 (a) All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantor’s
performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses; (ii) all fees and
expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Series B Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses whether for
exchanges, sales, market making or otherwise), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantor; and (v) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public
accountants of the Company and the Guarantor (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance). 
  

 14 

 The Company will, in any event, bear its and the Guarantor’s internal expenses (including, without
limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company or the
Guarantor. 
  
 (b) In connection with any Registration Statement
required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company and the Guarantor will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted
Securities who are tendering Series A Notes into in the Exchange Offer and/or selling or reselling Series A Notes or Series B Notes pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf
Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Latham & Watkins LLP, unless another firm shall be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared. 
  
 SECTION 9. INDEMNIFICATION 
  
 (a) The Company and the Guarantor agree jointly and severally to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its directors, officers and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20
of the Exchange Act), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, (including without limitation, any legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any action
that could give rise to any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or Prospectus (or any
amendment or supplement thereto) provided by the Company to any Holder or any prospective purchaser of Series B Notes or registered Series A Notes, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is based upon
information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company by any of the Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantor shall not be liable hereunder to a Holder to the extent that any such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or judgments arise out of, or based upon, an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any preliminary prospectus if (i) such Holder failed to send or deliver a copy of the Prospectus
with or prior to the delivery of written confirmation of the sale of Notes to the person asserting such loss or who purchased such Notes which are the subject thereof and (ii) the Prospectus would have corrected such untrue statement or omission or
alleged untrue statement or alleged omission. 
  
 (b) Each Holder
of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantor, and their respective directors and officers, and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15
of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company and the Guarantor to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantor set forth in section (a) above, but only with reference to information relating to such
Holder furnished in writing to the Company by 
  

 15 

 such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In no event shall any Holder, its directors, officers or any
Person who controls such Holder be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the amount by which the total amount received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds
(i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) the amount of any damages that such Holder, its directors, officers or any Person who controls such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such
untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. 
  
 (c) In case any action shall be commenced involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 9(a) or 9(b) (the “indemnified party”), the indemnified party shall promptly notify the
person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying person”) in writing and the indemnifying party shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
indemnified party and the payment of all reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel, as incurred (except that in the case of any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to both Sections 9(a) and 9(b), a Holder shall not be
required to assume the defense of such action pursuant to this Section 9(c), but may employ separate counsel and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel, except as provided below, shall be at the expense of the
Holder). Any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnified party unless (i) the
employment of such counsel shall have been specifically authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such action or employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified
party or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, and the indemnified party shall have been advised by such counsel that there may be one or more
legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified
party). In any such case, the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable
for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by
a majority of the Holders, in the case of the parties indemnified pursuant to Section 9(a), and by the Company and the Guarantor, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 9(b). The indemnifying party shall indemnify and hold harmless
the indemnified party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments by reason of any settlement of any action (i) effected with its written consent or (ii) effected without its written consent if the settlement is
entered into more than twenty business days after the indemnifying party shall have received a request from the indemnified party for reimbursement for the fees and expenses of counsel (in any case where such fees and expenses are at the expense of
the indemnifying party) and, prior to the date of such settlement, the indemnifying party shall have failed to comply with such reimbursement request. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect
any settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action in respect of which the indemnified party is or could have been a 
  

 16 

 party and indemnity or contribution may be or could have been sought hereunder by the indemnified party, unless such
settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability on claims that are or could have been the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission
of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of the indemnified party. 
  
 (d) To the extent that the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to therein, then each
indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments (i) in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from their sale of Transfer Restricted Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 9(d)(i) is
not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 9(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and of the Holder, on
the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantor, on
the one hand, and of the Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to
information supplied by the Company or the Guarantor, on the one hand, or by the Holder, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The
amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 9(a), any legal or other
fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. 
  
 The Company and the Guarantor and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9(d) were determined
by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount
paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any action that could have given rise to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments. Notwithstanding the
provisions of this Section 9, no Holder, its directors, its officers or any Person, if any, who controls such Holder shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total received by such Holder
with respect to the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise
been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any
person who was not guilty of such fraudulent 
  

 17 

 misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9(d) are several in proportion to
the respective principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by each Holder hereunder and not joint. 
  
 SECTION 10. RULE 144A AND RULE 144 
  
 The Company and the Guarantor agree with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding and during any period in which the Company or the Guarantor (i) is not subject to Section 13
or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make available, upon request of any Holder, to such Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted
Securities designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A, and (ii) is subject to Section 13 or 15 (d)
of the Exchange Act, to use all reasonable best efforts to make all filings required thereby in a timely manner in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144. 
  
 SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 (a) Remedies. The Company and the Guarantor acknowledge and agree
that any failure by the Company and/or the Guarantor to comply with their respective obligations under Sections 3 and 4 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy
at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s
and the Guarantor’s obligations under Sections 3 and 4 hereof. The Company and the Guarantor further agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. 
  
 (b) No Inconsistent Agreements. Neither the Company nor the Guarantor
shall, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights
granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s and the Guarantor’s securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof. 

 
 (c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may
not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless (i) in the case of Section 6 hereof and this Section 11(c)(i), the Company has obtained the written consent of
Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted
Securities (excluding Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Transfer
Restricted Securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose Transfer Restricted Securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer, may be
given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities subject to such Exchange Offer. 
  

 18 

 (d) Third Party Beneficiary. The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made
hereunder between the Company and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they may deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to
protect their rights or the rights of Holders hereunder. 
  
 (e)
Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing
overnight delivery: 
  
 (i) if to a Holder, at
the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and 
  
 (ii) if to the Company: 
  
 XM Satellite Radio Inc. 
 1500 Eckington Place, N.E. 
 Washington D.C. 20002 
 Telecopy No.: (202) 380-4534 
 Attention: Joseph Titlebaum, Esq. /Executive Vice 
               President, General Counsel and Secretary 
  
 with a copy to: 
  
 Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. 
 555 Thirteenth Street, N.W. 
 Washington, D.C. 20004 
 Telecopy No.: (202) 637-5910 
 Attention: Steven M. Kaufman, Esq. 
  
 (iii) if to the Guarantor: 
  
 XM Satellite Radio Holdings Inc. 
 1500 Eckington Place, N.E. 
 Washington D.C. 20002 
 Telecopy No.: (202) 380-4534 
 Attention: Joseph Titlebaum, Esq. / Executive Vice 
               President, General Counsel and Secretary 

 

 19 

 With a copy to: 
  
 Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. 
 555 Thirteenth Street, N.W. 
 Washington D.C. 20004 
 Telecopy No.: (202) 637-5910 
 Attention: Steven M. Kaufman, Esq. 
  
 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days
after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 
  
 Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be
concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. 
  
 (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties,
including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided, that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities in
violation of the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Transfer Restricted Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Transfer Restricted Securities
shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this
Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. 
  
 (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
  
 (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

  
 (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
  
 (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such
provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and
exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are 
  

 20 

 no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to
the registration rights granted with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. 
  
 [Signature pages follow] 
  

 21 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

			
	 XM SATELLITE RADIO INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Joseph M. Titlebaum

	 Name:
	 	 Joseph M. Titlebaum

	 Title:
	 	 Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

	
	 XM SATELLITE RADIO HOLDINGS INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Joseph M. Titlebaum

	 Name:
	 	 Joseph M. Titlebaum

	 Title:
	 	 Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

  
  

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	 BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Joseph B. Sheehan

	 Name:
	 	 Joseph B. Sheehan

	 Title:
	 	 Sr. Managing Director

	
	 BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Scott Seaton

	 Name:
	 	 Scott Seaton

	 Title:
	 	 Managing Director

	
	 CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Daniel L. Richards

	 Name:
	 	 Daniel L. Richards

	 Title:
	 	 Managing Directory, Head of North American Media, Global Communications Group

	
	MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Mark Bush

	 Name:
	 	 Mark Bush

	 Title:
	 	 Managing Director

	
	 UBS SECURITIES LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Rezwan Mirza

	 Name:
	 	 Rezwan Mirza

	 Title:
	 	 Director

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Marcos Torres

	 Name:
	 	 Marcos Torres

	 Title:
	 	 Associate Director

  

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00065-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00065-of-00352.parquet"}]]